Form 10-Q
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-Q

 

 

(Mark One)

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2014

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number 001-35522

 

 

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Maryland

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

04-3639825

(IRS Employer Identification No.)

18500 Von Karman Ave, Suite 1100, Irvine, California

(Address of principal executive offices)

92612

(Zip Code)

(949) 236-5211

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   x
Non-accelerated filer   ¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.)    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock as of the latest practicable date.

As of July 31, 2014, the registrant had outstanding 27,759,686 shares of voting common stock and 602,783 shares of Class B non-voting common stock.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

FORM 10-Q QUARTERLY REPORT

June 30, 2014

Table of Contents

 

         Page  

Part I – Financial Information

     5   

Item 1 –

 

Financial Information

     5   

Item 2 –

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Result of Operations

     54   

Item 3 –

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     83   

Item 4 –

 

Controls and Procedures

     85   

Part II – Other Information

     85   

Item 1 –

 

Legal Proceedings

     85   

Item 1A –

 

Risk Factors

     86   

Item 2 –

 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

     88   

Item 3 –

 

Defaults Upon Senior Securities

     89   

Item 4 –

 

Mine Safety Disclosure

     89   

Item 5 –

 

Other Information

     89   

Item 6 –

 

Exhibits

     90   

Signatures

     94   

 

2


Table of Contents

Forward-looking Statements

When used in this report and in public shareholder communications, in other documents of Banc of California, Inc. (the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our”) filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), or in oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases “believe,” “will,” “should,” “will likely result,” “are expected to,” “will continue,” “is anticipated,” “estimate,” “project,” “plans,” “guidance” or similar expressions are intended to identify “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. These statements may relate to our future financial performance, strategic plans or objectives, revenue, expense or earnings projections, or other financial items. By their nature, these statements are subject to numerous uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in the statements.

Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated or projected include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

i. the ability of the Company to successfully integrate the branches its wholly owned bank subsidiary, Banc of California, N.A. (the “Bank”), has agreed to acquire from Banco Popular North America (“BPNA”);

 

ii. the Company’s ability to receive regulatory approval and otherwise satisfy the closing conditions for the pending acquisition of branches from BPNA, including raising sufficient financing from public or private offerings to complete the acquisition of branches from BPNA;

 

iii. risks that the Company’s merger and acquisition activities, including but not limited to the pending acquisition of the BPNA branches and the recently completed acquisitions of The Private Bank of California (PBOC), The Palisades Group, LLC and CS Financial, Inc., as well as the recent merger of the Company’s subsidiary banks, may disrupt current plans and operations and lead to difficulties in customer and employee retention, risks that the amount of the costs, fees, expenses and charges related to these transactions could be significantly higher than anticipated and risks that the expected revenues, cost savings, synergies and other benefits of these transactions might not be realized within the anticipated timetables or at all;

 

iv. risks that funds obtained from capital raising activities will not be utilized efficiently or effectively;

 

v. a worsening of current economic conditions, as well as turmoil in the financial markets;

 

vi. the credit risks of lending activities, which may be affected by deterioration in real estate markets and the financial condition of borrowers, may lead to increased loan and lease delinquencies, losses and nonperforming assets in our loan and lease portfolio, and may result in our allowance for loan and lease losses not being adequate to cover actual losses and require us to materially increase our loan and lease loss reserves;

 

vii. the quality and composition of our securities portfolio;

 

viii. changes in general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas;

 

ix. continuation of the historically low short-term interest rate environment, changes in the levels of general interest rates, and the relative differences between short- and long-term interest rates, deposit interest rates, our net interest margin and funding sources;

 

x. fluctuations in the demand for loans and leases, the number of unsold homes and other properties and fluctuations in commercial and residential real estate values in our market area;

 

xi. results of examinations of us by regulatory authorities and the possibility that any such regulatory authority may, among other things, require us to increase our allowance for loan and lease losses, write-down asset values, increase our capital levels, or affect our ability to borrow funds or maintain or increase deposits, which could adversely affect our liquidity and earnings;

 

xii. legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect our business, including changes in regulatory capital or other rules;

 

xiii. our ability to control operating costs and expenses;

 

xiv. staffing fluctuations in response to product demand or the implementation of corporate strategies that affect our work force and potential associated charges;

 

xv. errors in our estimates in determining fair value of certain of our assets, which may result in significant declines in valuation;

 

xvi. the network and computer systems on which we depend could fail or experience a security breach;

 

xvii. our ability to attract and retain key members of our senior management team;

 

xviii. costs and effects of litigation, including settlements and judgments;

 

xix. increased competitive pressures among financial services companies;

 

xx. changes in consumer spending, borrowing and saving habits;

 

xxi. adverse changes in the securities markets;

 

xxii. earthquake, fire or other natural disasters affecting the condition of real estate collateral;

 

xxiii. the availability of resources to address changes in laws, rules or regulations or to respond to regulatory actions;

 

xxiv. inability of key third-party providers to perform their obligations to us;

 

3


Table of Contents
xxv. changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the financial institution regulatory agencies or the Financial Accounting Standards Board or their application to our business, including additional guidance and interpretation on accounting issues and details of the implementation of new accounting methods;

 

xxvi. war or terrorist activities; and

 

xxvii. other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory, and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services and the other risks described in this report and from time to time in other documents that we file with or furnish to the SEC, including, without limitation, the risks described under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” presented elsewhere in this report.

The Company undertakes no obligation to update any such statement to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date on which the forward-looking statement is made, except as required by law.

 

4


Table of Contents

PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

ITEM 1 – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

     June 30,
2014
    December 31,
2013
 
ASSETS     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 5,764      $ 4,937   

Interest-bearing deposits

     252,287        105,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     258,051        110,118   

Time deposits in financial institutions

     2,145        1,846   

Securities available for sale, at fair value

     233,013        170,022   

Loans held for sale, carried at fair value

     244,778        192,613   

Loans held for sale, carried at lower of cost or fair value

     850,963        524,120   

Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance of $22,627 at June 30, 2014 and $18,805 at December 31, 2013

     2,579,586        2,427,306   

Federal Home Loan Bank and other bank stock, at cost

     34,392        22,600   

Servicing rights, net ($9,816 measured at fair value at June 30, 2014 and $13,535 at December 31, 2013)

     10,191        13,883   

Accrued interest receivable

     11,170        10,866   

Other real estate owned, net

     605        —     

Premises, equipment, and capital leases, net

     67,457        66,260   

Bank-owned life insurance

     18,984        18,881   

Goodwill

     32,150        30,143   

Affordable housing fund investment

     5,293        5,628   

Deferred income tax

     2,546        —     

Income tax receivable

     —          2,995   

Other intangible assets, net

     10,959        12,152   

Other assets

     24,239        18,590   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 4,386,522      $ 3,628,023   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Noninterest-bearing deposits

   $ 408,404      $ 429,158   

Interest-bearing deposits

     2,938,951        2,489,486   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     3,347,355        2,918,644   

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank

     450,000        250,000   

Notes payable, net

     96,481        82,320   

Reserve for loss on repurchased loans

     6,174        5,427   

Income taxes payable

     31        —     

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     47,163        46,763   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     3,947,204        3,303,154   

Commitments and contingent liabilities

    

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, 50,000,000 shares authorized:

    

Series A, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, $1,000 per share liquidation preference, 32,000 shares authorized, 32,000 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013

     31,934        31,934   

Series B, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, $1,000 per share liquidation preference, 10,000 shares authorized, 10,000 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013

     10,000        10,000   

Series C, 8.00% non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, $1,000 per share liquidation preference, 40,250 shares authorized, 40,250 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013

     37,943        37,943   

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 446,863,844 shares authorized; 28,658,873 shares issued and 27,032,464 shares outstanding at June 30, 2014; 20,959,286 shares issued and 19,561,469 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013

     287        210   

Class B non-voting non-convertible Common stock, $.01 par value per share, 3,136,156 shares authorized; 596,018 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2014 and 584,674 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013

     6        6   

Additional paid-in capital

     369,530        256,306   

Retained earnings

     18,779        16,981   

Treasury stock, at cost (1,626,409 shares at June 30, 2014 and 1,397,817 shares at December 31, 2013)

     (29,652     (27,911

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net

     491        (600
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     439,318        324,869   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 4,386,522      $ 3,628,023   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

5


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014      2013     2014      2013  

Interest and dividend income

          

Loans, including fees

   $ 42,077       $ 26,153      $ 83,607       $ 44,690   

Securities

     993         369        1,917         867   

Dividends and other interest-earning assets

     564         219        886         352   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

     43,634         26,741        86,410         45,909   

Interest expense

          

Deposits

     6,071         3,303        11,806         5,302   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     99         58        199         121   

Notes payable and other interest-bearing liabilities

     1,889         1,755        3,645         3,502   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     8,059         5,116        15,650         8,925   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     35,575         21,625        70,760         36,984   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     2,108         1,918        4,037         4,086   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     33,467         19,707        66,723         32,898   

Noninterest income

          

Customer service fees

     356         509        609         1,055   

Loan servicing income

     774         458        2,027         646   

Income from bank owned life insurance

     56         50        103         88   

Net gain on sale of securities available for sale

     15         1        522         309   

Net gain on sale of loans

     3,038         3,724        5,641         4,036   

Net gain on mortgage banking activities

     26,133         20,261        43,457         36,631   

Other income

     5,000         1,069        8,291         1,235   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     35,372         26,072        60,650         44,000   

Noninterest expense

          

Salaries and employee benefits

     39,130         25,311        73,811         44,391   

Occupancy and equipment

     7,425         3,630        15,962         6,823   

Professional fees

     3,528         2,947        7,393         5,244   

Data processing

     1,270         1,365        2,061         2,275   

Advertising

     710         890        1,785         1,412   

Regulatory assessments

     1,046         211        1,987         592   

Loan servicing and foreclosure expense

     175         148        350         352   

Operating loss on equity investment

     161         131        335         290   

Valuation allowance for other real estate owned

     —           —          —           79   

Net (gain) loss on sales of other real estate owned

     —           (37     —           (151

Provision for loan repurchases

     330         732        901         988   

Amortization of intangible assets

     944         367        1,883         734   

All other expense

     5,746         3,899        11,765         6,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     60,465         39,594        118,233         69,152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     8,374         6,185        9,140         7,746   

Income tax expense

     253         1,822        262         2,454   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

     8,121         4,363        8,878         5,292   

Preferred stock dividends

     910         —          1,820         288   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 7,211       $ 4,363      $ 7,058       $ 5,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 0.27       $ 0.35        0.30       $ 0.41   

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 0.27       $ 0.35        0.30       $ 0.41   

Basic earnings per class B common share

   $ 0.27       $ 0.35        0.30       $ 0.41   

Diluted earnings per class B common share

   $ 0.25       $ 0.29        0.24       $ 0.36   

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

6


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(Amounts in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
June  30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2013     2014     2013  

Net income

   $ 8,121      $ 4,363      $ 8,878      $ 5,292   

Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities:

        

Unrealized gain (loss) arising during the period, net of tax (expense) benefit of $0 and $0, respectively

     1,099        (400     2,122        (300

Reclassification adjustment for gain included in net income, net of tax expense of $0 and $0, respectively

     (15     (1     (522     (309
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total change in unrealized loss (gain) on available-for-sale securities

     1,084        (401     1,600        (609

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge

        

Unrealized loss arising during the period, net of tax (expense) benefit of $0 and $0, respectively

     (292     —          (509     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total change in unrealized loss on cash flow hedge

     (292     —          (509     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     792        (401     1,091        (609
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 8,913      $ 3,962      $ 9,969      $ 4,683   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

7


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Amounts in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

    Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Additional
Paid-
    Retained     Treasury     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
       
    Series A     Series B     Series C     Class A     Class B     in Capital     Earnings     Stock     Income (Loss)     Total  

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 31,934      $ —        $ —        $ 120      $ 11      $ 154,563      $ 26,550      $ (25,818   $ 1,397      $ 188,757   

Comprehensive income (loss):

                   

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          5,292        —          —          5,292   

Other comprehensive income, net

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (609     (609

Issuance of common stock

    —          —          —          42        (6     43,450        —          —          —          43,486   

Issuance of preferred stock

    —          —          33,734        —          —          —          —          —          —          33,734   

Purchase of 6,216 shares of treasury stocks

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (69     —          (69

Issuance of stock awards from treasury stock

    —          —          —          —          —          (1,799     —          1,799       

Shares purchased under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan

    —          —          —          —          —          186        (186     —          —          —     

Stock option compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          215        —          —          —          215   

Restricted stock compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          657        —          —          —          657   

Dividends declared ($0.24 per common share)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (2,690     —          —          (2,690

Preferred stock dividends

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (288     —          —          (288
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013

  $ 31,934      $ —        $ 33,734      $ 162      $ 5      $ 197,272      $ 28,678      $ (24,088   $ 788      $ 268,485   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 31,934      $ 10,000      $ 37,943      $ 210      $ 6      $ 256,306      $ 16,981      $ (27,911   $ (600   $ 324,869   

Comprehensive income:

                      —     

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          8,878        —          —          8,878   

Other comprehensive income, net

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          1,091        1,091   

Issuance of common stock

    —          —          —          77        —          55,397        —          —          —          55,474   

Issuance of tangible equity units

    —          —          —          —          —          51,720        —          —          —          51,720   

Purchase of 10,888 shares of treasury stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (134     —          (134

Reclassification adjustment for awards issued from treasury stock

    —          —          —          —          —          1,926        —          (1,926     —          —     

Exercise of stock options

    —          —          —          —          —          757        —          —          —          757   

Stock option compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          156        —          —          —          156   

Restricted stock compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          2,663        —          —          —          2,663   

Stock appreciation right expense

    —          —          —          —          —          514        —          —          —          514   

Issuance of stock awards from treasury stock

    —          —          —          —          —          (319     —          319        —          —     

Shares purchased under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan

    —          —          —          —          —          410        28        —          —          438   

Dividends declared ($0.24 per common share)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (5,288     —          —          (5,288

Preferred stock dividends

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,820     —          —          (1,820
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2014

  $ 31,934      $ 10,000      $ 37,943      $ 287      $ 6      $ 369,530      $ 18,779      $ (29,652   $ 491      $ 439,318   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

8


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2013  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

   $ 8,878      $ 5,292   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities

    

Provision for loan losses

     4,037        4,086   

Provision for loan repurchases

     901        988   

Net gain on mortgage banking activities

     (43,457     (36,631

Gain on sale of loans

     (5,641     (4,036

Net amortization (accretion) of securities

     345        576   

Depreciation on premises and equipment

     3,250        1,510   

Amortization of intangibles

     1,883        734   

Amortization of debt issuance cost

     239        192   

Stock option compensation expense

     156        215   

Stock award compensation expense

     2,663        657   

Stock appreciation right expense

     514        298   

Bank owned life insurance income

     (103     (88

Operating loss on equity investment

     335        290   

Net (gain) loss on sale of securities available for sale

     (522     (309

Gain on sale of other real estate owned

     —          (151

Loss (Gain) on sale or disposal of property and equipment

     297        (2

Increase in valuation allowances on other real estate owned

     —          79   

Originations of loans held for sale from mortgage banking

     (1,226,599     (867,640

Originations of other loans held for sale

     (751,061     —     

Proceeds from sales of and principal collected on loans held for sale from mortgage banking

     1,215,423        752,478   

Proceeds from sales of and principal collected on other loans held for sale

     339,144        —     

Change in deferred loan (costs) fees

     617        (399

Amortization of premiums and discounts on purchased loans

     (19,311     (8,001

Change in accrued interest receivable

     (304     (2,885

Change in other assets

     8,917        8,710   

Change in accrued interest payable and other liabilities

     (984     863   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (460,383     (143,174
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale

     52,245        8,539   

Proceeds from maturities and calls of securities available-for-sale

     1,105        8,767   

Proceeds from principal repayments of securities available-for-sale

     16,843        45,130   

Purchases of securities available-for-sale

     (131,407     (48,626

Net cash used in acquisitions

     (1,000     —     

Loan originations and principal collections, net

     (116,192     (144,707

Purchase of loans

     (11,956     (374,878

Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stocks

     —          25   

Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank and other bank stocks

     (11,792     (2,021

Proceeds from sale of loans held for investment

     73,398        155,209   

Net change in time deposits in financial institutions

     (299     2,438   

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

     48        3,474   

Additions to premises and equipment

     (5,355     (4,033

Payments of capital lease obligations

     (504     (113
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (134,866     (350,796
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net increase in deposits

     428,711        803,489   

Net increase (decrease) in Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     200,000        (30,000

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

     54,474        43,486   

Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

     —          33,734   

Net proceeds from issuance of tangible equity units

     65,642        —     

Purchase of treasury stock

     (134     (69

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     757        —     

Dividends paid on preferred stock

     (1,832     (288

Dividends paid on common stock

     (4,436     (2,690
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     743,182        847,662   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     147,933        353,692   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     110,118        108,643   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 258,051      $ 462,335   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information

    

Interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds

   $ 15,563      $ 8,893   

Income taxes paid

     —          —     

Income taxes refunds received

     —          2,305   

Supplemental disclosure of noncash activities

    

Transfer from loans to other real estate owned, net

     653        —     

Transfer of loans receivable to loans held for sale, net of transfer of $963 and $0 from allowance for loan and lease losses for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively

     62,057        10,358   

Transfer of loans held for sale to loans receivable

     94,837        —     

Equipment acquired under capital leases

     989        714   

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

9


Table of Contents

BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

June 30, 2014

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation: The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Banc of California, Inc. (the Company, we, us and our) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Banc of California, National Association (the Bank), the Palisades Group, LLC (the Palisades Group), and PTB Property Holdings, LLC, as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, except that the accounts of the Palisades Group were not included for amounts for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Unless the context requires otherwise, all references to the Company include its wholly owned subsidiaries.

Nature of Operations: The principal business of the Company is the ownership of the Bank. The Bank operates under a national bank charter issued by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the OCC), its primary regulator. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) system, and maintains insurance on deposit accounts with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). PTB Property Holdings, LLC manages and disposes of other real estate owned properties and the Palisades Group provides financial advisory and asset management services.

The Bank is engaged in the business of retail banking, with operations conducted through 17 banking offices, serving San Diego, Los Angeles, and Orange counties, California and 60 producing loan production offices in California, Arizona, Oregon, Montana, Virginia, North Carolina, Colorado, Indiana, and Maryland as of June 30, 2014. As of June 30, 2014, single family residential (SFR) mortgage loans and Green loans (SFR mortgage lines of credit) accounted for approximately 41.5 percent and 5.1 percent, respectively, of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio, with a high percentage of such loans concentrated in Southern California. The customer’s ability to repay their loans or leases is dependent on the real estate market and general economic conditions in the area.

The accounting and reporting polices of the Company are based upon U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and conform to predominant practices within the banking industry. The Company has not made any significant changes in its critical accounting policies or in its estimates and assumptions from those disclosed in its 2013 Annual Report on Form 10-K other than the adoption of new accounting pronouncements and other authoritative guidance that became effective for the Company on or after January 1, 2014. Refer to Accounting Pronouncements for discussion of accounting pronouncements adopted in 2014.

Basis of Presentation: The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations for reporting on Form 10-Q. Accordingly, certain disclosures required by GAAP are not included herein. These interim statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The December 31, 2013 balance sheet presented herein has been derived from the audited financial statements included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, but does not include all of the disclosures required by GAAP.

In the opinion of management of the Company, the accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements reflect all of the adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the consolidated financial position and consolidated results of operations for the periods presented. Certain reclassifications have been made in the prior period financial statements to conform to the current period presentation.

The results of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and disclosures provided, and actual results could differ. The allowance for loan and lease losses, reserve for loss on repurchased loans, servicing rights, other real estate owned, realization of deferred tax assets, goodwill, other intangible assets, derivatives, fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations, and the fair value of financial instruments are particularly subject to change and such change could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Income Taxes: Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that a portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of June 30, 2014, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $2.5 million, net of a $13.0 million valuation allowance and as of December 31, 2013, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $0, net of a $17.3 million valuation allowance (See further discussion in Note 11, Income Taxes).

 

10


Table of Contents

Earnings Per Share: Earnings per share is computed under the two-class method. Basic earnings per common share (EPS) is computed by dividing net income allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding, including the minimum number of shares issuable under purchase contracts relating to the tangible equity units. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding, adjusted for the dilutive effect of the restricted stock units, the potentially issuable shares in excess of the minimum under purchase contracts relating to the tangible equity units, outstanding stock options, and warrants to purchase common stock. Net income allocated to common shareholders is computed by subtracting income allocated to participating securities and preferred stock dividend from net income. Participating securities are instruments granted in share-based payment transactions that contain rights to receive nonforfeitable dividends or dividend equivalents, which includes the Stock Appreciation Rights to the extent they confer dividend equivalent rights, as described under “Stock Appreciation Rights” in Note 14.

Correction of Prior Period Errors: During the three months ended June 30, 2014, the Company made cumulative prior period (three months ended March 31, 2014 and years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012) adjustments related to the allowance for loan and lease losses, restricted stock compensation expense, and other expenses, which increased provision for loan and lease losses by $758 thousand, stock compensation expense by $483 thousand, and other expense by $160 thousand. The Company reviewed the impact of these corrections in accordance with Securities Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 99 “Materiality”, and determined that the correction was not material to prior and current periods.

Accounting Pronouncements: During the six months ended June 30, 2014, the following pronouncements applicable to the Company were issued or became effective:

In January 2014, the FASB issued guidance within ASU 2014-01, “Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.” The amendments in ASU 2014-01 to Topic 323, “Equity Investments and Joint Ventures,” provide guidance on accounting for investments by a reporting entity in flow-through limited liability entities that manage or invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for the low-income housing tax credit. The amendments permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received, and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). The amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 31, 2014 and should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. Early adoption is permitted. All of the Company’s affordable housing fund investments are within the scope of this guidance. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04, “Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” ASU 2014-04 clarifies that an in substance repossession or foreclosure has occurred, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure. Interim and annual disclosure is required of both the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure. ASU 2014-04 is effective using either the modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method for fiscal years and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue From Contracts With Customers”, that outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The ASU is based on the principle that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to fulfill a contract. Entities have the option of using either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach for the adoption of the new standard. The ASU becomes effective for Company at the beginning of its 2017 fiscal year; early adoption is not permitted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-11, “Transfers and Servicing: Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures”. The ASU changes the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions to secured borrowing accounting. In addition, for repurchase financing arrangements, the amendments require separate accounting for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty, which will result in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement. The ASU also requires disclosures for certain transactions comprising (1) a transfer of a financial asset accounted for as a sale and (2) an agreement with the same transferee entered into in contemplation of the

 

11


Table of Contents

initial transfer that results in the transferor retaining substantially all of the exposure to the economic return on the transferred financial asset throughout the term of the transaction. There are also additional disclosure requirements for repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions, and repurchase-to-maturity transactions that are accounted for as secured borrowings. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-12, “Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period”. The ASU requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. A reporting entity should apply existing guidance in Topic 718 as it relates to awards with performance conditions that affect vesting to account for such awards. As such, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2 – BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND BRANCH SALES

The Company completed the following acquisitions between January 1, 2013 and June 30, 2014 and used the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the operating results of the acquired entities have been included in the consolidated financial statements from their respective dates of acquisition. The following table presents a summary of acquired assets and assumed liabilities along with a summary of the acquisition consideration as of the dates of acquisition:

 

     Acquisition and Date Acquired  
     Renovation
Ready
     CS Financial      The Palisades
Group
     Private Bank
of California
 
     January 31,
2014
     October 31,
2013
     September 10,
2013
     July 1,
2013
 
     (In thousands)  

Assets acquired:

           

Cash and due from banks

   $ —         $ 482       $ 900       $ 33,752   

Interest-bearing deposits

     —           —           5         —     

Securities available for sale

     —           —           —           219,298   

Loans held for sale

     —           4,982         —           —     

Loans and leases receivable

     —           —           —           385,256   

Premises, equipment, and capital leases

     —           704         —           1,501   

Income tax receivable

     —           —           —           682   

Goodwill

     3,000         7,178         —           14,925   

Other intangible assets

     —           690         —           10,400   

Other assets

     —           608         364         6,578   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 3,000       $ 14,644       $ 1,269       $ 672,392   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

           

Deposits

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 561,689   

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank

     —           —           —           41,833   

Other liabilities

     1,000         6,722         1,219         2,481   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     1,000         6,722         1,219         606,003   

SBLF preferred stock assumed

     —           —           —           10,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consideration paid

   $ 2,000       $ 7,922       $ 50       $ 56,389   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Summary of consideration

           

Cash paid

   $ 1,000       $ 1,500       $ 50       $ 28,077   

Common stock issued

     1,000         1,964         —           28,282   

Replacement awards

     —           —           —           30   

Noninterest-bearing note

     —           3,150         —           —     

Performance based equity

     —           1,308         —           —     

Earn-out liabilities

     1,000         —           —           —     

RenovationReady® Acquisition

Effective January 31, 2014, the Company acquired certain assets, including service contracts and intellectual property, of RenovationReady, a provider of specialized loan services to financial institutions and mortgage bankers that originate agency eligible residential renovation and construction loan products.

 

12


Table of Contents

The RenovationReady acquisition was accounted for under GAAP guidance for business combinations. The purchased identifiable intangible assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair values as of January 31, 2014. Because of the short time period between the acquisition date and June 30, 2014, the Company used significant estimates and assumptions to value the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The closing date valuations related to other intangible assets and assumed liabilities are preliminary and could differ significantly when finalized.

CS Financial Acquisition

Effective October 31, 2013, the Company acquired CS Financial, Inc. (CS Financial), a California corporation and Southern California-based mortgage banking firm controlled by former Company director and current Company executive Jeffery T. Seabold. CS Financial became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank. For additional information regarding this transaction, see note 18-Related-Party Transactions.

The CS Financial acquisition was accounted for under GAAP guidance for business combinations. The purchased assets, including identifiable intangible assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair values as of October 31, 2013. The Company recorded $7.2 million of goodwill and $690 thousand of other intangible assets. The other intangible assets are related to a trade name intangible.

The Palisades Group, LLC, Acquisition

Effective September 10, 2013, the Company acquired The Palisades Group, a Delaware limited liability company and a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Units Purchase Agreement dated as of November 30, 2012, amended and restated as of August 12, 2013, for $50 thousand. The Palisades Group provides financial advisory and asset management services to third parties, including the Bank, with respect to the purchase, sale and management of portfolios of residential mortgage loans.

The Palisades Group acquisition was accounted for under GAAP guidance for business combinations. The assets and liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the September 10, 2013 acquisition date. No goodwill was recognized.

The Private Bank of California Acquisition

Effective July 1, 2013, the Company completed its acquisition of The Private Bank of California, (PBOC) pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 21, 2012, as amended (the PBOC Merger Agreement), by and between the Company, Beach Business Bank (Beach) (then a separate subsidiary bank of the Company) and PBOC. PBOC merged with and into Beach, with Beach continuing as the surviving entity in the merger and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and changing its name to “The Private Bank of California.” On October 11, 2013, The Private Bank of California was merged with the Company’s other wholly owned banking subsidiary, Banc of California, National Association (formerly Pacific Trust Bank), to form the Bank.

Pursuant to the terms of the PBOC Merger Agreement, the Company paid aggregate merger consideration of (1) 2,082,654 shares of Company common stock (valued at $28.3 million based on the $13.58 per share closing price of Company common stock on July 1, 2013), and (2) $25.4 million in cash. Additionally, the Company paid out $2.7 million for certain outstanding options to acquire PBOC common stock in accordance with the PBOC Merger Agreement and converted the remaining outstanding PBOC stock options to Company stock options with an assumed fair value of approximately $30 thousand. On the basis of the number of shares of PBOC common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the merger, each outstanding share of PBOC common stock was converted into the right to receive $6.52 in cash and 0.5379 shares of Company common stock.

In addition, upon completion of the acquisition, each share of preferred stock issued by PBOC as part of the Small Business Lending Fund (SBLF) program of the United States Department of Treasury (10,000 shares in the aggregate with a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share) was converted automatically into one substantially identical share of preferred stock of the Company. The terms of the preferred stock issued by the Company in exchange for the PBOC preferred stock are substantially identical to the preferred stock previously issued by the Company as part of its own participation in the SBLF program (32,000 shares in aggregate with a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share).

PBOC provided a range of financial services, including credit and deposit products as well as cash management services, from its headquarters located in the Century City area of Los Angeles, California as well as full-service branches in Hollywood and Irvine, and a loan production office in downtown Los Angeles. PBOC’s target clients included high-net worth and high income individuals, business professionals and their professional service firms, business owners, entertainment service businesses and non-profit organizations.

 

13


Table of Contents

In accordance with GAAP guidance for business combinations, the Company has expensed approximately $2.6 million of direct acquisition costs, all of which were recognized in 2013, and recorded $14.9 million of goodwill and $10.4 million of other intangible assets. The other intangible assets are primarily related to core deposits and are being amortized on an accelerated basis over 2-7 years. Loans that were acquired from PBOC that were considered credit impaired were written down at the acquisition date in accordance with purchase accounting to fair value. In addition, the allowance for loan losses for all PBOC loans was not carried over to the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses. A full valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset was recorded based on management’s evaluation of the expectation of recovery of deferred tax assets for the Company. For tax purposes purchase accounting adjustments, including goodwill are all nontaxable and/or non-deductible.

Pro Forma Information

The following table presents unaudited pro forma information as if the acquisitions of PBOC, Palisades and CS Financial had occurred on January 1, 2013 after giving effect to certain adjustments. The unaudited pro forma information for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 includes adjustments for interest income on loans and securities acquired, amortization of intangibles arising from the transaction, interest expense on deposits and borrowings acquired, and the related income tax effects.

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014      2013      2014      2013  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Net interest income

   $ 35,575       $ 26,863       $ 70,760       $ 47,392   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     2,108         2,412         4,037         4,929   

Noninterest income

     35,372         34,348         60,650         58,958   

Noninterest expense

     60,465         50,851         118,233         90,276   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     8,374         7,948         9,140         11,145   

Income tax expense

     253         2,564         262         3,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 8,121       $ 5,384       $ 8,878       $ 7,263   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per total common share

   $ 0.27       $ 0.36       $ 0.30       $ 0.47   

Diluted earnings per total common share

   $ 0.27       $ 0.35       $ 0.30       $ 0.47   

The above unaudited pro forma financial information for 2013 includes the pre-acquisition periods for PBOC, Palisades, and CS Financial. The above unaudited pro forma financial information includes pre-acquisition provisions for loan and lease losses recognized by PBOC and CS Financial of $494 thousand and $843 thousand for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. No pro forma information for RenovationReady is presented for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, as it is immaterial. Pro forma statements do not include cost saves or integration costs and may not be reflective of what it would have looked like had they been put together at that date.

Branch Sales

On October 4, 2013, the Bank completed a branch sale transaction to AmericanWest Bank, a Washington state chartered bank (AWB). In the transaction, the Bank sold eight branches and related assets and deposit liabilities to AWB. The transaction was completed with a transfer of $464.3 million deposits to AWB in exchange for a deposit premium of 2.3 percent. Certain other assets related to the branches include the real estate for three of the branch locations and certain overdraft and other credit facilities related to the deposit accounts. The Company recognized a gain of $12.6 million from this transaction, of which $12.1 million was recognized in 2013.

Pending Acquisition of Banco Popular’s California Branch Network

On April 22, 2014, the Bank entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the Purchase Agreement) with Banco Popular North America (BPNA), pursuant to which the Bank agreed to acquire select assets and assume certain liabilities comprising BPNA’s network of 20 California branches (the Branches). Subject to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Bank will pay approximately $5.4 million for the deposits assumed and loans acquired based on March 31, 2014 balances, which equates to an effective deposit premium of 0.5%.

At the closing of the transaction (the Closing), and subject to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Bank will acquire approximately

 

14


Table of Contents

$1.1 billion in loans and assume approximately $1.1 billion of deposit liabilities related to the Branches (based on March 31, 2014 balances). The Bank will also acquire certain other assets relating to the Branches, including, among others, owned and leased real property. In addition to certain deposits, the Bank will assume other liabilities pertaining to the operation of the Branches at the Closing.

The Bank will not acquire the assets or assume the liabilities related to certain business of the Branches to be retained by BPNA, including, among others, BPNA’s credit card, health care and direct banking businesses and residential mortgages. BPNA will also retain certain loans relating to the Branches, including nonperforming and nonaccrual loans, other real estate owned, home equity lines of credit with a combined loan-to-value ratio in excess of 80% or for which the ability to draw on the line has been frozen and loans relating to BPNA’s credit card business. Additionally, between the date of the Purchase Agreement and the Closing, the Bank may elect to exclude from the transaction certain loans or deposits in circumstances described in the Purchase Agreement.

The Purchase Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants of the parties, including, among others, a covenant that requires BPNA to generally conduct the operations of the BPNA Branches in the ordinary course of business and to refrain from certain kinds of transactions. The Purchase Agreement also contains customary indemnification provisions and indemnification by BPNA for up to 1.5% of credit losses on loans acquired by the Bank for a period of two years following the Closing. The Purchase Agreement also includes a customary covenant by BPNA not to engage in certain banking businesses or operations conducted by the BPNA Branches in the Los Angeles metropolitan statistical area for a period of two years following the Closing, subject to certain customary exemptions.

The transaction is subject to customary conditions to closing, including the receipt of all required governmental approvals, the accuracy of both parties’ representations, the performance in all material respects of all covenants and other agreements required by the Purchase Agreement and the execution and delivery of related transaction documents. In addition, the obligation of the Bank to complete the transaction is subject to its receipt of financing necessary to complete the transaction on the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement. The Bank is obligated to pay a fee of $2 million if the Purchase Agreement is terminated in certain circumstances, including, among others, if BPNA terminates the Purchase Agreement because the Bank fails to obtain acceptable financing to enable the Bank to consummate the transaction by September 30, 2014.

NOTE 3 – FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair Value Hierarchy: ASC 820-10 establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The topic describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

  Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

 

  Level 2: Significant observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

  Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

Securities Available for Sale: The fair values of securities available for sale are generally determined by quoted market prices, if available (Level 1), or by matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2 inputs). For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators (Level 3). The fair values of the Company’s Level 3 securities are determined by the Company or an independent third-party provider using a discounted cash flow methodology. The methodology uses discount rates that are based upon observed market yields for similar securities. Prepayment speeds are estimated based upon the prepayment history of each bond and a detailed analysis of the underlying collateral. Gross weighted average coupon, geographic concentrations, loan to value, FICO and seasoning are among the different loan attributes that are factored into our prepayment curve. Default rates and severity are estimated based upon geography of the collateral, delinquency, modifications, loan to value ratios, FICO scores, and past performance.

Impaired Loans and Leases: The fair value of impaired loans and leases with specific allocations of the allowance for loan and lease losses or impairment based on collateral values is generally based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are typically significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. The fair value of non-collateral dependent impaired loans and leases with specific allocations of the allowance for loan and lease losses or impairments is based on the present value of estimated cash flows, a Level 3 measurement.

 

15


Table of Contents

Loans Held for Sale: The fair value of loans held for sale is based on commitments outstanding from investors as well as what secondary markets are currently offering for portfolios with similar characteristics. Therefore, loans held for sale subjected to recurring fair value adjustments are classified as Level 2. The Company had $244.8 million and $192.6 million of loans held for sale at such fair values at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The Company also had $851.0 million and $524.1 million of non-conforming jumbo mortgage loans held for sale at the lower of cost or fair value at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The Company obtains quotes, bid or pricing indications on all or part of these loans directly from the buyers. Premiums and discounts received or to be received on the quotes, bids or pricing indications are indicative of the fact that the cost is lower or higher than fair value.

Derivative Assets and Liabilities: The Company’s derivative assets and liabilities are carried at fair value as required by GAAP and are accounted for as freestanding derivatives. The Company has entered into pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swap contracts with institutional counterparties to hedge against variability in cash flow attributable to interest rate risk caused by changes in the LIBOR benchmark interest rate on the Company’s ongoing LIBOR-based variable rate deposits. The Company is accounting for the swaps as cash flow hedges under ASC 815. The other derivative assets are interest rate lock commitments (IRLCs) with prospective residential mortgage borrowers whereby the interest rate on the loan is locked by the borrower prior to funding. These IRLCs are determined to be derivative instruments in accordance with GAAP. Additional derivative assets and liabilities, typically mortgage-backed to-be-announced (TBA) securities, are used to hedge fair value changes, driven by changes in interest rates, on the Company’s mortgage assets. The Company hedges the period from the interest rate lock (assuming a fall-out factor) to the date of the loan sale. The estimated fair value is based on current market prices for similar instruments. Given the meaningful level of secondary market activity for derivative contracts, active pricing is available for similar assets and accordingly, the Company classifies its derivative assets and liabilities as Level 2.

Mortgage Servicing Rights: The Company retains servicing on some of its mortgage loans sold and elected the fair value option for valuation of these mortgage servicing rights (MSRs). The value is based on a third party provider that calculates the present value of the expected net servicing income from the portfolio based on key factors that include interest rates, prepayment assumptions, discount rate and estimated cash flows. Because of the significance of unobservable inputs, these servicing rights are classified as Level 3.

Other Real Estate Owned Assets: Other real estate owned assets (OREO) are recorded at the fair value less estimated costs to sell at the time of foreclosure. The fair value of other real estate owned assets is generally based on recent real estate appraisals adjusted for estimated selling costs. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments may be significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Only OREO with a valuation allowance are considered to be carried at fair value. The Company did not have valuation allowance expense for OREO for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 and recorded $0 and $79 thousand, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 in valuation allowance expense for OREO.

 

16


Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring and Non-Recurring Basis

Available for sale securities, certain conforming mortgage loans held for sale, derivative assets and liabilities, and servicing rights—mortgage are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, whereas impaired loans and leases, non-conforming jumbo mortgage loans held for sale and other real estate owned are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of the dates indicated:

 

            Fair Value Measurement Level  
     Carrying
Value
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level One)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level Two)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level Three)
 
     (In thousands)  

June 30, 2014:

           

Assets

           

Available-for-sale securities:

           

SBA loan pools securities

   $ 1,755       $ —         $ 1,755       $ —     

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

     1,970         —           1,970         —     

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     4,109         —           4,109         —     

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     225,179         —           225,179         —     

Loans held for sale

     244,778         —           244,778         —     

Derivative assets (1)

     7,937         —           7,937         —     

Mortgage servicing rights (2)

     9,816         —           —           9,816   

Liabilities

           

Derivative liabilities (3)

     3,991         —           3,991         —     

December 31, 2013:

           

Assets

           

Available-for-sale securities:

           

SBA loan pools securities

   $ 1,736       $ —         $ 1,736       $ —     

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

     1,920         —           1,920         —     

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     14,752         —           14,752         —     

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     151,614         —           151,614         —     

Loans held for sale

     192,613         —           192,613         —     

Derivative assets (1)

     5,493         —           5,493         —     

Mortgage servicing rights (2)

     13,535         —           —           13,535   

Liabilities

           

Derivative liabilities (3)

     —           —           —           —     

 

(1)

Included in other assets on the consolidated statements of financial condition

(2)

Included in servicing rights, net and servicing rights held for sale on the consolidated statements of financial condition

(3)

Included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition

 

17


Table of Contents

The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of the dates indicated:

 

            Fair Value Measurement Level  
     Carrying
Value
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
     (In thousands)  

June 30, 2014:

           

Assets

           

Impaired loans:

           

Single family residential mortgage

   $ 26,413       $ —         $ —         $ 26,413   

Commercial and industrial

     4,507         —           —           4,507   

Commercial real estate

     3,148         —           —           3,148   

Multi-family

     1,651         —           —           1,651   

Other consumer

     211         —           —           211   

SBA

     6         —           —           6   

Other real estate owned:

           

Single family residential

     605         —           —           605   

December 31, 2013:

           

Assets

           

Impaired loans:

           

Single family residential mortgage

   $ 12,814       $ —         $ 8,769       $ 4,045   

Commercial real estate

     3,868         —           105         3,763   

Multi-family

     1,972         —           —           1,972   

Other consumer

     249         —           216         33   

Commercial and industrial

     33         —           —           33   

SBA

     10         —           —           10   

The Company did not have any other real estate owned at December 31, 2013.

The following table presents the gains and (losses) recognized on assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for the periods indicated:

 

     Three months ended
June  30,
    Six months ended
June 30,
 
     2014     2013     2014     2013  
     (In thousands)  

Impaired loans:

        

Single family residential mortgage

   $ (181   $ (308   $ (332   $ (432

Multi-family

     —          (169     —          (465

Other consumer

     —          —          (2     (2

Other real estate owned:

        

Single family residential

     —          37        —          (33

Commercial real estate

     —          —          —          105   

 

18


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended  
     Private Label
Residential
Mortgage Backed
Securities
    Mortgage
Servicing
Rights
    Total     Private Label
Residential
Mortgage
Backed Securities
    Mortgage
Servicing
Rights
    Total  
     (In thousands)  

June 30, 2014:

            

Balance at beginning of period

   $ —        $ 8,407      $ 8,407      $ —        $ 13,535      $ 13,535   

Transfers out of Level 3 (1)

     —          —          —          —          (9,185     (9,185

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):

            

Included in earnings—realized

     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Included in earnings—fair value adjustment

     —          (565     (565     —          (250     (250

Included in other comprehensive income

     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Amortization of premium (discount)

     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Additions

     —          5,996        5,996        —          10,322        10,322   

Sales and settlements

     —          (4,022     (4,022     —          (4,606     (4,606
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ —        $ 9,816      $ 9,816      $ —        $ 9,816      $ 9,816   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

June 30, 2013:

            

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 1,919      $ 2,579      $ 4,498      $ 2,214      $ 1,739      $ 3,953   

Transfers out of Level 3 (1)

     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):

            

Included in earnings—realized

     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Included in earnings—fair value adjustment

     —          305        305        —          330        330   

Included in other comprehensive income

     4        —          4        3        —          3   

Amortization of premium (discount)

     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Additions

     —          1,852        1,852        —          2,762        2,762   

Sales and settlements

     (217     (116     (333     (511     (211     (722
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 1,706      $ 4,620      $ 6,326      $ 1,706      $ 4,620      $ 6,326   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the actual date of the event or change in circumstances that cause the transfer.

The following table presents quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements on a recurring basis as of the dates indicated:

 

     Fair Value      Valuation Technique(s)      Unobservable Input(s)    Range (Weighted Average)

June 30, 2014:

           

Mortgage servicing rights

   $ 9,816         Discounted cash flow       Discount rate    10.00% to 16.42% (10.92%)
         Prepayment rate    4.34% to 36.13% (14.20%)

December 31, 2013:

           

Mortgage servicing rights

   $ 13,535         Discounted cash flow       Discount rate    10.00% to 17.94% (10.26%)
         Prepayment rate    4.19% to 34.54% (9.85%)

June 30, 2013:

           

Mortgage servicing rights

   $ 4,620         Discounted cash flow       Discount rate    10.50% to 17.87% (10.59%)
         Prepayment rate    6.04% to 36.08% (9.04%)

Private label residential mortgage backed securities

   $ 1,706         Discounted cash flow       Voluntary prepayment rate    1.37% to 4.92% (3.15%)
         Collateral default rate    6.23% to 6.26% (6.25%)
         Loss severity at default    55%

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s servicing rights include the discount rate and estimated cash flows. There may be inherent weaknesses in any calculation technique, and changes in the underlying assumptions used, including discount rates and estimates of future cash flows, could significantly affect the results.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s private label and agency residential mortgage backed securities are prepayment rates, collateral default rates, and loss severity in the event of default. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those inputs in isolation could result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Generally, a change in the assumption used for the collateral default rates is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption used for the loss severity and a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment rates.

 

19


Table of Contents

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial assets and liabilities as of the dates indicated:

 

     Carrying      Fair Value Measurement Level  
   Amount      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (In thousands)  

June 30, 2014:

              

Financial assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 258,051       $ 258,051       $ —         $ —         $ 258,051   

Time deposits in financial institutions

     2,145         2,145         —           —           2,145   

Securities available-for-sale

     233,013         —           233,013         —           233,013   

FHLB and other bank stock

     34,392         —           34,392         —           34,392   

Loans held for sale

     1,095,741         —           1,101,569         —           1,101,569   

Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance

     2,579,586         —           —           2,633,738         2,633,738   

Accrued interest receivable

     11,170         11,170         —           —           11,170   

Derivative assets

     7,937         —           7,937         —           7,937   

Financial liabilities

              

Deposits

     3,347,355         —           3,321,428         —           3,321,428   

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank

     450,000         —           450,053         —           450,053   

Notes payable

     96,481         86,648         16,041         —           102,689   

Derivative liabilities

     3,991         —           3,991         —           3,991   

Accrued interest payable

     1,733         1,733         —           —           1,733   

December 31, 2013:

              

Financial assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 110,118       $ 110,118       $ —         $ —         $ 110,118   

Time deposits in financial institutions

     1,846         1,846         —           —           1,846   

Securities available-for-sale

     170,022         —           170,022         —           170,022   

FHLB and other bank stock

     22,600         —           22,600         —           22,600   

Loans held for sale

     716,733         —           719,496         —           719,496   

Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance

     2,427,306         —           —           2,460,953         2,460,953   

Accrued interest receivable

     10,866         10,866         —           —           10,866   

Derivative assets

     5,493         —           5,493         —           5,493   

Financial liabilities

              

Deposits

     2,918,644         —           2,877,650         —           2,877,650   

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank

     250,000         —           250,090         —           250,090   

Notes payable

     82,320         85,564         —           —           85,564   

Derivative liabilities

     —           —           —           —           —     

Accrued interest payable

     1,646         1,646         —           —           1,646   

The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value are described as follows:

Carrying amount is the estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, time deposits in financial institutions, and accrued interest receivable and payable. The methods for determining the fair values for securities available for sale, and derivatives assets and liabilities are described above. For fixed rate loans or deposits and for variable rate loans or deposits with infrequent re-pricing or re-pricing limits, fair value is based on discounted cash flows using current market rates applied to the estimated life and credit risk. The fair value of FHLB advances and long-term debt is based on current rates for similar financing, and therefore not indicative of an exit price. It was not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLB stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability. Notes payable consists of Senior Notes and Amortizing Notes (see note 10-Long Term Debt for additional information). The fair value of the Amortizing Notes is based on discounted cash flows using estimated current market rates. The fair value of off-balance-sheet items is not considered material (or is based on the current fees or costs that would be charged to enter into or terminate such arrangements) and is not presented.

 

20


Table of Contents

NOTE 4 – SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of the dates indicated:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  
     (In thousands)  

June 30, 2014:

          

Available for sale

          

SBA loan pools securities

   $ 1,749       $ 6       $ —        $ 1,755   

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

     1,934         36         —          1,970   

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     4,114         13         (18     4,109   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     225,103         879         (803     225,179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 232,900       $ 934       $ (821   $ 233,013   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2013:

          

Available for sale

          

SBA loan pools securities

   $ 1,794       $ —         $ (58   $ 1,736   

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

     1,928         —           (8     1,920   

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     14,653         135         (36     14,752   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     153,134         299         (1,819     151,614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 171,509       $ 434       $ (1,921   $ 170,022   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents amortized cost and fair value of the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio by expected maturity. In the case of residential mortgage-backed securities and SBA loan pool securities, expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers generally have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. For that reason, mortgage-backed securities and SBA loan pool securities are not included in the maturity categories.

 

     June 30, 2014  
   Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  
     (In thousands)  

Maturity:

     

Available for sale

     

Within one year

   $ —         $ —     

One to five years

     —           —     

Five to ten years

     1,934         1,970   

Greater than ten years

     —           —     

SBA loan pools, private label residential mortgage backed and agency mortgage-backed securities

     230,966         231,043   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 232,900       $ 233,013   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were no holdings of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10 percent of shareholders’ equity.

The following table presents proceeds from sales and calls of securities and the associated gross gains and losses realized through earnings upon the sale of available for sale securities for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended
June  30,
     Six Months Ended
June  30,
 
   2014      2013      2014     2013  
     (In thousands)  

Gross realized gains on sales of securities available for sale

   $ 15       $ 1       $ 560      $ 309   

Gross realized losses on sales of securities available for sale

     —           —           (38     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized gains (losses) on sales of securities available for sale

   $ 15       $ 1       $ 522      $ 309   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

   $ 1,272       $ 475       $ 52,245      $ 8,539   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax expense on sales of securities available for sale

   $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

21


Table of Contents

Securities available for sale with carrying values of $7.5 million and $63.0 million as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, were pledged to secure FHLB advances, public deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

The following table summarizes the investment securities with unrealized losses by security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position as of the dates indicated:

 

     Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  
     Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
     (In thousands)  

June 30, 2014:

               

Available for sale

               

SBA loan pools securities

   $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —     

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

     —           —          —           —          —           —     

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     556         (12     1,688         (6     2,244         (18

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     77,343         (486     17,919         (317     95,262         (803
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 77,899       $ (498   $ 19,607       $ (323   $ 97,506       $ (821
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2013:

               

Available for sale

               

SBA loan pools securities

   $ 1,736       $ (58   $ —         $ —        $ 1,736       $ (58

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

     1,920         (8     —           —          1,920         (8

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     2,064         (11     3,913         (25     5,977         (36

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     114,104         (1,790     1,821         (29     115,925         (1,819
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 119,824       $ (1,867   $ 5,734       $ (54   $ 125,558       $ (1,921
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company did not record other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) for securities available for sale for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

At June 30, 2014, the Company’s securities available for sale portfolio consisted of 86 securities, 47 of which were in an unrealized loss position. The unrealized losses are related to an overall increase in interest rates and a decrease in prepayment speeds of the agency mortgage-backed securities.

The Company’s private label residential mortgage-backed securities in unrealized loss positions had fair values of $2.2 million with unrealized losses of $18 thousand at June 30, 2014. The Company’s agency residential mortgage-backed securities in unrealized loss positions had fair values of $95.3 million with unrealized losses of $803 thousand at June 30, 2014. The Company’s private label residential mortgage-backed securities in unrealized loss positions had fair values of $6.0 million with unrealized losses of $36 thousand at December 31, 2013. The Company’s agency residential mortgage-backed securities in unrealized loss positions had fair values of $115.9 million with unrealized losses of $1.8 million at December 31, 2013.

The Company monitors to ensure it has adequate credit support and as of June 30, 2014, the Company did not have the intent to sell these securities and it is not likely that it will be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recoveries. Of the Company’s $233.0 million securities portfolio, $231.5 million were rated AAA, AA or A, and $1.5 million were rated BBB based on the most recent credit rating from the rating agencies as of June 30, 2014. The Company considers the lowest credit rating for identification of potential OTTI.

 

22


Table of Contents

NOTE 5 – LOANS AND LEASES AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

The following table presents the balances in the Company’s loans and leases portfolio as of the dates indicated:

 

     Non-Traditional
Mortgages (NTM)
    Traditional
Loans
    Total NTM and
Traditional Loans
    Purchased Credit
Impaired
    Total Loans and
Leases Receivable
 
     ($ in thousands)  

June 30, 2014:

          

Commercial:

          

Commercial and industrial

   $ —        $ 367,111      $ 367,111      $ 1,429      $ 368,540   

Commercial real estate

     —          521,168        521,168        14,576        535,744   

Multi-family

     —          234,179        234,179        —          234,179   

SBA

     —          25,264        25,264        3,420        28,684   

Constructions

     —          30,761        30,761        —          30,761   

Lease financing

     —          57,754        57,754        —          57,754   

Consumer:

          

Single family residential mortgage

     182,509        612,235        794,744        284,083        1,078,827   

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens

     133,986        —          133,986        —          133,986   

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens

     4,962        —          4,962        —          4,962   

Other consumer

     113        127,114        127,227        1,549        128,776   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross loans

   $ 321,570      $ 1,975,586      $ 2,297,156      $ 305,057      $ 2,602,213   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage to total gross loans

     12.4     75.9     88.3     11.7     100.0

Allowance for loan and lease losses

             (22,627
          

 

 

 

Loans and leases receivable, net

           $ 2,579,586   
          

 

 

 

December 31, 2013:

          

Commercial:

          

Commercial and industrial

   $ —        $ 283,743      $ 283,743      $ 4,028      $ 287,771   

Commercial real estate

     —          514,869        514,869        15,014        529,883   

Multi-family

     —          141,580        141,580        —          141,580   

SBA

     —          23,740        23,740        3,688        27,428   

Constructions

     —          24,933        24,933        —          24,933   

Lease financing

     —          31,949        31,949        —          31,949   

Consumer:

          

Single family residential mortgage

     156,490        667,526        824,016        314,820        1,138,836   

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens

     147,705        —          147,705        —          147,705   

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens

     5,289        —          5,289        —          5,289   

Other consumer

     113        108,888        109,001        1,736        110,737   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross loans

   $ 309,597      $ 1,797,228      $ 2,106,825      $ 339,286      $ 2,446,111   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage to total gross loans

     12.7     73.4     86.1     13.9     100.0

Allowance for loan and lease losses

             (18,805
          

 

 

 

Loans and leases receivable, net

           $ 2,427,306   
          

 

 

 

Non Traditional Mortgage Loans

The Company’s non-traditional mortgage (NTM) portfolio is comprised of three interest only products: Green Account Loans (Green Loans), hybrid interest only fixed or adjustable rate mortgage (Interest Only) loans and a small number of additional loans with the potential for negative amortization. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the non-traditional mortgage loans totaled $321.6 million, or 12.4 percent of the total gross loan portfolio, and $309.6 million, or 12.7 percent of the total gross loan portfolio, respectively. The total NTM portfolio increased by $12.0 million, or 3.9 percent, during the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 

23


Table of Contents

The following table presents the composition of the NTM portfolio as of the dates indicated:

 

     June 30, 2014     December 31, 2013  
     Count      Amount     Percent     Count      Amount     Percent  
     ($ in thousand)  

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens

     156       $ 133,986        41.7     173       $ 147,705        47.6

Interest-only - first liens

     210         168,141        52.2     244         139,867        45.2

Negative amortization

     33         14,368        4.5     37         16,623        5.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NTM - first liens

     399         316,495        98.4     454         304,195        98.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens

     20         4,962        1.5     23         5,289        1.7

Interest-only - second liens

     1         113        0.1     1         113        0.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NTM - second liens

     21         5,075        1.6     24         5,402        1.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NTM loans

     420       $ 321,570        100.0     478       $ 309,597        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross loan portfolio

      $ 2,602,213           $ 2,446,111     

% of NTM to total gross loan portfolio

        12.4          12.7  

Green Loans

Green Loans are single family residential first and second mortgage lines of credit with a linked checking account that allows all types of deposits and withdrawals to be performed. The loans are generally interest only with a 15 year balloon payment due at maturity. At June 30, 2014, Green Loans totaled $138.9 million, a decrease of $14.0 million, or 9.2 percent from $153.0 million at December 31, 2013, primarily due to reductions in principal balance and payoffs. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $15.1 million and $5.7 million, respectively, of the Company’s Green Loans were non-performing. As a result of their unique payment feature, Green Loans possess higher credit risk due to the potential of negative amortization; however, management believes the risk is mitigated through the Company’s loan terms and underwriting standards, including its policies on loan-to-value ratios and the Company’s contractual ability to curtail loans when the value of underlying collateral declines. The Company discontinued origination of the Green Loan products in 2011.

Interest Only Loans

Interest only loans are primarily single family residential first mortgage loans with payment features that allow interest only payment in initial periods before converting to a fully amortizing loan. As of June 30, 2014, our interest only loans increased by $28.3 million, or 20.2 percent, to $168.3 million from $140.0 million at December 31, 2013, primarily due to originations of $68.5 million and transfers from loans held for sale of $14.8 million, partially offset by transfers to loans held for sale of $25.3 million and net amortization of $29.8 million. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $1.1 million and $752 thousand of the interest only loans were non-performing, respectively.

Loans with the Potential for Negative Amortization

Negative amortization loans decreased by $2.3 million, or 13.6 percent, to $14.4 million as of June 30, 2014 from $16.6 million as of December 31, 2013. The Company discontinued origination of negative amortization loans in 2007. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $983 thousand and $1.2 million of the loans that had the potential for negative amortization were non-performing, respectively. These loans pose a potentially higher credit risk because of the lack of principal amortization and potential for negative amortization; however, management believes the risk is mitigated through the loan terms and underwriting standards, including the Company’s policies on loan-to-value ratios.

Risk Management of Non-Traditional Mortgages

The Company has determined that the most significant performance indicators for non-traditional mortgages are loan-to-value (LTV) and FICO scores. Accordingly, the Company manages credit risk in the NTM portfolio through semi-annual review of the loan portfolio that includes refreshing FICO scores on the Green Loans and home equity lines of credit, as needed in conjunction with portfolio management, and ordering third party automated valuation models. The loan review is designed to provide a method of identifying borrowers who may be experiencing financial difficulty before they actually fail to make a loan payment. Upon receipt of the updated FICO scores, an exception report is run to identify loans with a decrease in FICO of 10 percent or more and/or a resulting FICO of 620 or less. The loans are then further analyzed to determine if the risk rating should be downgraded which will increase the reserves the Company will establish for potential losses. A report of the semi-annual loan review is published and regularly monitored.

 

24


Table of Contents

As these loans are revolving lines of credit, the Company, based on the loan agreement and loan covenants of the particular loan, as well as applicable rules and regulations, could suspend the borrowing privileges or reduce the credit limit at any time the Company reasonably believes that the borrower will be unable to fulfill their repayment obligations under the agreement or certain other conditions are met. In many cases, the decrease in FICO is the first indication that the borrower may have difficulty in making their future payment obligations.

As a result, the Company proactively manages the portfolio by performing detailed analysis on its portfolio with emphasis on the NTM portfolio. The Company’s Internal Asset Review Committee (IARC) conducts meetings on at least quarterly basis to review the loans classified as special mention, substandard, or doubtful and determines whether suspension or reduction in credit limit is warranted. If the line has been suspended and the borrower would like to have their credit privileges reinstated, they would need to provide updated financials showing their ability to meet their payment obligations.

On the interest only loans, the Company projects future payment changes to determine if there will a material increase in required payment and then monitors the loans for possible delinquency. The individual loans are monitored for possible downgrading of risk rating, and trends within the portfolio are identified that could affect other interest only loans scheduled for payment changes in the near future.

Non Traditional Mortgage Performance Indicators

The following table presents the Company’s non-traditional single family residential mortgage Green Loans first lien portfolio at June 30, 2014 by FICO scores that were obtained during the second quarter of 2014, comparing to the FICO scores for those same loans that were obtained during the fourth quarter of 2013:

 

     June 30, 2014     December 31, 2013     Change  
     Count      Amount      Percent     Count      Amount      Percent     Count     Amount     Percent  
     ($ in thousand)  

FICO Score

                      

800+

     21       $ 13,057         9.7     13       $ 7,347         5.5     8      $ 5,710        4.2

700-799

     77         62,287         46.5     90         70,337         52.5     (13     (8,050     -6.0

600-699

     34         29,158         21.8     34         31,772         23.7     —          (2,614     -1.9

<600

     10         12,953         9.7     9         9,394         7.0     1        3,559        2.7

No FICO

     14         16,531         12.3     10         15,136         11.3     4        1,395        1.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

     156       $ 133,986         100.0     156       $ 133,986         100.0     —        $ —          0.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company updates FICO scores on a semi-annual basis, typically in second and fourth quarter or as needed in conjunction with proactive portfolio management.

Loan to Value

The table below represents the Company’s single family residential NTM first lien portfolio by loan-to-value (LTV) as of the dates indicated:

 

    Green     Interest Only     Negative Amortization     Total  
    Count     Amount     Percent     Count     Amount     Percent     Count     Amount     Percent     Count     Amount     Percent  
    ($ in thousand)  

June 30, 2014:

                       

LTV’s (1)

                       

< 61

    83      $ 80,922        60.4     67      $ 85,050        50.5     15      $ 7,459        51.9     165      $ 173,431        54.7

61-80

    46        35,886        26.8     41        46,669        27.8     10        4,152        28.9     97        86,707        27.4

81-100

    22        12,725        9.5     38        15,474        9.2     7        2,356        16.4     67        30,555        9.7

> 100

    5        4,453        3.3     64        20,948        12.5     1        401        2.8     70        25,802        8.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    156      $ 133,986        100.0     210      $ 168,141        100.0     33      $ 14,368        100.0     399      $ 316,495        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2013:

                       

LTV’s (1)

                       

< 61

    90      $ 78,807        53.3     80      $ 65,181        46.6     13      $ 4,930        29.7     183      $ 148,918        49.0

61-80

    38        33,604        22.8     51        28,999        20.7     13        7,643        45.9     102        70,246        23.1

81-100

    26        14,917        10.1     43        21,474        15.4     8        3,277        19.7     77        39,668        13.0

> 100

    19        20,377        13.8     70        24,213        17.3     3        773        4.7     92        45,363        14.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    173      $ 147,705        100.0     244      $ 139,867        100.0     37      $ 16,623        100.0     454      $ 304,195        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) LTV represents estimated current loan to value ratio, determined by dividing current unpaid principal balance by latest estimated property value received per the Company policy.

 

25


Table of Contents

The decrease in Green Loans was due mainly to reductions in principal balance and payoffs and the increase in interest only was due to increased originations. During 2014, overall improvement on LTV of the Company’s single family residential NTM first lien portfolio was due to the improvement in the real estate market and the economy in Southern California. The Company updates LTV on a semi-annual basis, typically in second and fourth quarter or as needed in conjunction with proactive portfolio management.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The Company has an established credit risk management process that includes regular management review of the loan and lease portfolio to identify problem loans and leases. During the ordinary course of business, management becomes aware of borrowers and lessees that may not be able to meet the contractual requirements of the loan and lease agreements. Such loans and leases are subject to increased monitoring. Consideration is given to placing the loan or lease on non-accrual status, assessing the need for additional allowance for loan and lease losses, and partial or full charge-off. The Company maintains the allowance for loan and lease losses at a level that is considered adequate to cover the estimated and known inherent risks in the loan and lease portfolio.

The Company also maintains a reserve for unfunded loan commitments at a level that is considered adequate to cover the estimated and known inherent risks. The probability of usage of the unfunded loan commitments and credit risk factors determined based on outstanding loan balance of the same customer or outstanding loans that shares similar credit risk exposure are used to determine the adequacy of the reserve. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the reserve for unfunded loan commitments was $1.4 million.

The credit risk monitoring system is designed to identify impaired and potential problem loans, and to permit periodic evaluation of impairment and the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses in a timely manner. In addition, the Board of Directors of the Bank has adopted a credit policy that includes a credit review and control system which it believes should be effective in ensuring that the Company maintains an adequate allowance for credit losses. The Board of Directors provides oversight and guidance for management’s allowance evaluation process, including quarterly valuations, and consideration of management’s determination of whether the allowance is adequate to absorb losses in the loan and lease portfolio. The determination of the amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses and the provision for loan and lease losses is based on management’s current judgment about the credit quality of the loan and lease portfolio and takes into consideration known relevant internal and external factors that affect collectability when determining the appropriate level for the allowance for loan and lease losses. At June 30, 2014, the Company extended the historical loss look back period from 12 quarters to 15 quarters for determining the level of its allowance for loan and leases losses to better reflect the economic cycle. Due to this change, the Company realized additional $1.8 million allowance for loans and leases than what it would have been using the 12 quarter historical loss look back period. The nature of the process by which the Company determines the appropriate allowance for loan and lease losses requires the exercise of considerable judgment. Additions to the allowance for loan and lease losses are made by charges to the provision for loan and lease losses. Identified credit exposures that are determined to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. Recoveries of previously charged off amounts, if any, are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses.

The following table presents a summary of activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses and ending balances of loans evaluated for impairment for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended
June  30,
    Six Months Ended
June  30,
 
   2014     2013     2014     2013  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 20,003      $ 16,015      $ 18,805      $ 14,448   

Loans and leases charged off

     (383     (1,027     (586     (1,932

Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off

     641        73        1,076        377   

Transfer of loans from (to) held-for-sale

     258        —          (705     —     

Provision for loan and lease losses

     2,108        1,918        4,037        4,086   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 22,627      $ 16,979      $ 22,627      $ 16,979   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

26


Table of Contents

The following table presents the activity and balance in the allowance for loan and lease losses and the recorded investment, excluding accrued interest, in loans and leases by portfolio segment and is based on the impairment method as of or for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014:

 

    Commercial
and
Industrial
    Commercial
Real Estate
    Multi-
family
    SBA     Construction     Lease
Financing
    Single
Family
Residential
Mortgage
    Other
Consumer
    Unallocated     Total  
    (In thousands)  

Allowance for loan and lease losses:

                   

Balance at March 31, 2014

  $ 2,367      $ 6,449      $ 2,720      $ 211      $ 352      $ 622      $ 6,147      $ 782      $ 353      $ 20,003   

Charge-offs

    —          —          (3     —          —          —          (206     (174     —          (383

Recoveries

    27        438        —          175        —          —          —          1        —          641   

Transfer of loans from held-for-sale

    —          —          —          —          —          —          258        —          —          258   

Provision

    613        (1,272     691        (125     893        108        1,090        463        (353     2,108   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2014

  $ 3,007      $ 5,615      $ 3,408      $ 261      $ 1,245      $ 730      $ 7,289      $ 1,072      $ —        $ 22,627   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 1,822      $ 5,484      $ 2,566      $ 235      $ 244      $ 428      $ 7,044      $ 532      $ 450      $ 18,805   

Charge-offs

    —          —          (3     (17     —          —          (357     (209     —          (586

Recoveries

    53        754        —          267        —          —          —          2        —          1,076   

Transfer of loans to held-for-sale

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (705     —          —          (705

Provision

    1,132        (623     845        (224     1,001        302        1,307        747        (450     4,037   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2014

  $ 3,007      $ 5,615      $ 3,408      $ 261      $ 1,245      $ 730      $ 7,289      $ 1,072      $ —        $ 22,627   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 309      $ —        $ —        $ 309   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    3,007        5,615        3,408        261        1,245        730        6,659        1,072        —          21,997   

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

    —          —          —          —          —          —          321        —          —          321   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ending allowance balance

  $ 3,007      $ 5,615      $ 3,408      $ 261      $ 1,245      $ 730      $ 7,289      $ 1,072      $ —        $ 22,627   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

                   

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 4,507      $ 3,148      $ 1,651      $ 6      $ —        $ —        $ 26,413      $ 211      $ —        $ 35,936   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    362,604        518,020        232,528        25,258        30,761        57,754        902,317        131,978        —          2,261,220   

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

    1,429        14,576        —          3,420        —          —          284,083        1,549        —          305,057   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ending loan balances

  $ 368,540      $ 535,744      $ 234,179      $ 28,684      $ 30,761      $ 57,754      $ 1,212,813      $ 133,738      $ —        $ 2,602,213   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

27


Table of Contents

The following table presents the activity and balance in the allowance for loan and lease losses and the recorded investment, excluding accrued interest, in loans and leases by portfolio segment and is based on the impairment method as of or for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013:

 

    Commercial
and
Industrial
    Commercial
Real Estate
    Multi-
family
    SBA     Construction     Lease
Financing
    Single
Family
Residential
Mortgage
    Other
Consumer
    Unallocated     Total  
    (In thousands)  

Allowance for loan and lease losses:

                   

Balance at March 31, 2013

  $ 481      $ 3,698      $ 1,544      $ 133      $ 294      $ 263      $ 9,212      $ 197      $ 193      $ 16,015   

Charge-offs

    —          (260     (169     (262     —          —          (329     (7     —          (1,027

Recoveries

    —          19        —          42        —          4        1        7        —          73   

Provision

    335        1,051        74        266        209        (23     (133     28        111        1,918   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013

  $ 816      $ 4,508      $ 1,449      $ 179      $ 503      $ 244      $ 8,751      $ 225      $ 304      $ 16,979   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 263      $ 3,178      $ 1,478      $ 118      $ 21      $ 261      $ 8,855      $ 274      $ —        $ 14,448   

Charge-offs

    —          (360     (553     (392     —          (23     (590     (14     —          (1,932

Recoveries

    —          19        88        166        —          6        91        7        —          377   

Provision

    553        1,671        436        287        482        —          395        (42     304        4,086   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013

  $ 816      $ 4,508      $ 1,449      $ 179      $ 503      $ 244      $ 8,751      $ 225      $ 304      $ 16,979   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ —        $ —        $ 280      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 256      $ 35      $ —        $ 571   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    816        4,508        1,169        179        503        244        8,183        190        304        16,096   

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

    —          —          —          —          —          —          312        —          —          312   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ending allowance balance

  $ 816      $ 4,508      $ 1,449      $ 179      $ 503      $ 244      $ 8,751      $ 225      $ 304      $ 16,979   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

                   

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ —        $ 725      $ 2,048      $ 13      $ —        $ —        $ 11,248      $ 1,055      $ —        $ 15,089   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    90,716        309,561        119,281        28,398        5,957        18,631        869,709        19,046        —          1,461,299   

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

    1,938        15,835        838        5,117        —          —          114,175        55        —          137,958   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ending loan balances

  $ 92,654      $ 326,121      $ 122,167      $ 33,528      $ 5,957      $ 18,631      $ 995,132      $ 20,156      $ —        $ 1,614,346   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

28


Table of Contents

The following table presents loans and leases individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans and leases as of the dates indicated. The recorded investment, excluding accrued interest, presents customer balances net of any partial charge-offs recognized on the loans and leases and net of any deferred fees and costs.

 

     June 30, 2014      December 31, 2013  
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
     Allowance
for Loan and
Lease Losses
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
     Allowance
for Loan and
Lease Losses
 
     (In thousands)  

With no related allowance recorded:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 4,617       $ 4,507       $ —         $ 50       $ 33       $ —     

Commercial real estate

     4,286         3,148         —           4,951         3,868         —     

Multi-family

     1,773         1,651         —           487         270         —     

SBA

     24         6         —           26         10         —     

Consumer:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

     22,605         21,785         —           10,765         9,487         —     

Other consumer

     213         211         —           248         247         —     

With an allowance recorded:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Multi-family

     —           —           —           1,797         1,702         60   

Consumer:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

     4,616         4,628         309         3,378         3,327         34   

Other consumer

     —           —           —           2         2         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 38,134       $ 35,936       $ 309       $ 21,704       $ 18,946       $ 96   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents information on impaired loans and leases, disaggregated by class, for the periods indicated

 

     Three Months Ended      Six Months Ended  
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Cash Basis
Interest
Recognized
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Cash Basis
Interest
Recognized
 
     (In thousands)  

June 30, 2014:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 4,315       $ 60       $ 50       $ 2,158       $ 60       $ 50   

Commercial real estate

     3,220         63         60         3,319         112         117   

Multi-family

     1,662         40         19         1,673         53         32   

SBA

     8         —           —           4         —           —     

Consumer:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

     26,630         191         226         18,450         256         291   

Other consumer

     212         1         1         213         2         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 36,047       $ 355       $ 356       $ 25,817       $ 483       $ 492   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

June 30, 2013:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial real estate

   $ 761       $ 23       $ 23       $ 1,640       $ 26       $ 26   

Multi-family

     2,212         16         18         2,277         16         18   

SBA

     13         —           —           7         —           —     

Consumer:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

     11,312         92         93         14,168         198         189   

Other consumer

     635         —           —           318         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,933       $ 131       $ 134       $ 18,410       $ 240       $ 233   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

29


Table of Contents

Non-accrual Loans

The following table presents nonaccrual loans and leases, and loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing as of the dates indicated:

 

     June 30, 2014      December 31, 2013  
     NTM Loans      Traditional Loans      Total      NTM Loans      Traditional Loans      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

Nonaccrual loans:

                 

The Company maintains specific allowances for these loans of $0 in 2014 and $95 in 2013

     17,165         24,446         41,611         7,698         23,950         31,648   

The following table presents the composition of nonaccrual loans and leases as of the dates indicated:

 

     June 30, 2014      December 31, 2013  
     NTM Loans      Traditional Loans      Total      NTM Loans      Traditional Loans      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

   $ —         $ 505       $ 505       $ —         $ 33       $ 33   

Commercial real estate

     —           2,332         2,332         —           3,868         3,868   

Multi-family

     —           1,905         1,905         —           1,972         1,972   

SBA

     —           183         183         —           10         10   

Construction

     —           317         317         —           —           —     

Lease financing

     —           120         120         —           —           —     

Consumer:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

     2,042         19,034         21,076         2,000         18,032         20,032   

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens

     14,912         —           14,912         5,482         —           5,482   

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens

     211         —           211         216         —           216   

Other consumer

     —           50         50         —           35         35   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total nonaccrual loans and leases

   $ 17,165       $ 24,446       $ 41,611       $ 7,698       $ 23,950       $ 31,648   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

30


Table of Contents

Past Due Loans and Leases

The following tables present the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans and leases as of June 30, 2014, excluding accrued interest receivable (which is not considered to be material), by class of loans and leases:

 

     June 30, 2014  
     30 - 59 Days
Past Due
     60 - 89 Days
Past Due
     Greater than
89 Days

Past due
     Total
Past Due
     Current      Total  
     (In thousands)  

NTM loans:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

   $ 2,223       $ —         $ 2,042       $ 4,265       $ 178,244       $ 182,509   

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens

     3,946         2,058         437         6,441         127,545         133,986   

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens

     505         —           —           505         4,457         4,962   

Other consumer

     —           —           —           —           113         113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NTM loans

     6,674         2,058         2,479         11,211         310,359         321,570   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Traditional loans:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

     7,212         —           256         7,468         359,643         367,111   

Commercial real estate

     181         70         —           251         520,917         521,168   

Multi-family

     —           149         —           149         234,030         234,179   

SBA

     51         —           176         227         25,037         25,264   

Construction

     —           —           317         317         30,444         30,761   

Lease financing

     125         —           120         245         57,509         57,754   

Consumer:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

     20,762         7,571         13,574         41,907         570,328         612,235   

Other consumer

     36         5         3         44         127,070         127,114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total traditional loans

     28,367         7,795         14,446         50,608         1,924,978         1,975,586   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Purchased Credit Impaired (PCI) loans:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

     —           —           —           —           1,429         1,429   

Commercial real estate

     —           —           904         904         13,672         14,576   

SBA

     662         —           42         704         2,716         3,420   

Consumer:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

     20,024         4,423         11,452         35,899         248,184         284,083   

Other consumer

     —           —           —           —           1,549         1,549   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total PCI loans

     20,686         4,423         12,398         37,507         267,550         305,057   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 55,727       $ 14,276       $ 29,323       $ 99,326       $ 2,502,887       $ 2,602,213   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

31


Table of Contents

The following tables presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans and leases as of December 31, 2013, excluding accrued interest receivable (which is not considered to be material), by class of loans and leases:

 

     December 31, 2013  
     30 - 59 Days
Past Due
     60 - 89 Days
Past Due
     Greater than
89 Days

Past due
     Total
Past Due
     Current      Total  
     (In thousands)  

NTM loans:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

   $ 1,003       $ 1,854       $ 769       $ 3,626       $ 152,864       $ 156,490   

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens

     653         —           437         1,090         146,615         147,705   

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens

     —           —           —           —           5,289         5,289   

Other consumer

     —           —           —           —           113         113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NTM loans

     1,656         1,854         1,206         4,716         304,881         309,597   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Traditional loans:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

     52         235         —           287         283,456         283,743   

Commercial real estate

     5,554         194         —           5,748         509,121         514,869   

Multi-family

     602         —           —           602         140,978         141,580   

SBA

     14         48         —           62         23,678         23,740   

Construction

     —           —           —           —           24,933         24,933   

Lease financing

     271         92         19         382         31,567         31,949   

Consumer:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

     20,684         6,124         12,181         38,989         628,537         667,526   

Other consumer

     209         110         35         354         108,534         108,888   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total traditional loans

     27,386         6,803         12,235         46,424         1,750,804         1,797,228   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

PCI loans:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

     —           —           —           —           4,028         4,028   

Commercial real estate

     —           —           —           —           15,014         15,014   

SBA

     45         1         106         152         3,536         3,688   

Consumer:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

     21,888         8,580         12,099         42,567         272,253         314,820   

Other consumer

     —           —           —           —           1,736         1,736   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total PCI loans

     21,933         8,581         12,205         42,719         296,567         339,286   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 50,975       $ 17,238       $ 25,646       $ 93,859       $ 2,352,252       $ 2,446,111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs) of loans are defined by ASC 310-40, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors” and ASC 470-60, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Debtors” and evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 310-10-35. The concessions may be granted in various forms, including reduction in the stated interest rate, reduction in the amount of principal amortization, forgiveness of a portion of a loan balance or accrued interest, or extension of the maturity date. In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company’s internal underwriting policy.

 

32


Table of Contents

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, there were no modifications. The following table summarizes the pre-modification and post-modification balances of new TDRs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013:

 

     Three Months Ended      Six Months Ended  
     Number of
Loans
     Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded

Investment
     Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded

Investment
     Number of
Loans
     Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded

Investment
     Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded

Investment
 
     ($ in thousands)  

June 30, 2013:

                 

Consumer:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

     0       $ —         $ —           1       $ 367       $ 360   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     0       $ —         $ —           1       $ 367       $ 360   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, there was one modification through extension of maturity.

The following table presents loans and leases that were modified as TDRs during the past 12 months that had payment defaults during the period indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended      Six Months Ended  
   Number of
Loans
     Recorded
Investment
     Number of
Loans
     Recorded
Investment
 
     (In thousands)  

June 30, 2013:

           

Consumer:

           

Single family residential mortgage

     1       $ 360         1       $ 360   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1       $ 360         1       $ 360   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructured loans and leases consist of the following as of the dates indicated:

 

     June 30, 2014      December 31, 2013  
     NTM Loans      Traditional
Loans
     Total      NTM Loans      Traditional
Loans
     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Commercial:

                 

Commercial real estate

   $ —         $ 168       $ 168       $ —         $ 194       $ 194   

SBA

     —           6         6         —           10         10   

Consumer:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

     —           3,101         3,101         —           3,605         3,605   

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens

     3,457         —           3,457         3,468         —           3,468   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,457       $ 3,275       $ 6,732       $ 3,468       $ 3,809       $ 7,277   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TDRs were $6.7 million and $7.3 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The Company did not have any commitments to lend to customers with outstanding loans or leases that were classified as troubled debt restructurings as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

 

33


Table of Contents

Credit Quality Indicators

The Company categorizes loans and leases into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company performs historical loss analysis that is combined with a comprehensive loan or lease to value analysis to analyze the associated risks in the current loan and lease portfolio. The Company analyzes loans and leases individually by classifying the loans and leases as to credit risk. This analysis includes all loans and leases delinquent over 60 days and non-homogenous loans and leases such as commercial and commercial real estate loans and leases. Classification of problem single family residential loans is performed on a monthly basis while analysis of non-homogenous loans and leases is performed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

Pass: Loans and leases classified as pass are in compliance in all respects with the Bank’s credit policy and regulatory requirements, and do not exhibit any potential or defined weakness as defined under “Special Mention”, “Substandard” or “Doubtful/Loss”.

Special Mention: Loans and leases classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or lease or of the Company’s credit position at some future date.

Substandard: Loans and leases classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans and leases so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful/Loss: Loans and leases classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

Not-Rated: When accrual of income on a pool of purchased credit impaired (PCI) loans with common risk characteristics is appropriate in accordance with ASC 310-30, individual loans in those pools are not risk-rated. The credit criteria evaluated are FICO scores, loan-to-value, delinquency, and actual cash flows versus expected cash flows of the loan pools.

Loans and leases not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass rated loans and leases.

 

34


Table of Contents

The following table presents the risk categories for loans and leases as of June 30, 2014:

 

     June 30, 2014  
     Pass      Special
Mention
     Substandard      Doubtful      Not-Rate      Total  
     (In thousands)  

NTM loans:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

   $ 178,449       $ 2,018       $ 2,042       $ —         $ —         $ 182,509   

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens

     112,846         5,183         15,957         —           —           133,986   

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens

     4,751         —           211         —           —           4,962   

Other consumer

     113         —           —           —           —           113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NTM loans

     296,159         7,201         18,210         —           —           321,570   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Traditional loans:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

     359,397         2,951         4,763         —           —           367,111   

Commercial real estate

     515,707         2,243         3,218         —           —           521,168   

Multi-family

     231,031         1,243         1,905         —           —           234,179   

SBA

     25,069         —           195         —           —           25,264   

Construction

     30,444         —           317         —           —           30,761   

Lease financing

     57,634         —           120         —           —           57,754   

Consumer:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

     575,206         9,045         27,984         —           —           612,235   

Other consumer

     126,979         103         32         —           —           127,114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total traditional loans

     1,921,467         15,585         38,534         —           —           1,975,586   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

PCI loans:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

     —           127         1,302         —           —           1,429   

Commercial real estate

     9,126         —           5,450         —           —           14,576   

SBA

     714         594         2,112         —           —           3,420   

Consumer:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

     —           —           267         —           283,816         284,083   

Other consumer

     —           —           1,549         —           —           1,549   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total PCI loans

     9,840         721         10,680         —           283,816         305,057   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,227,466       $ 23,507       $ 67,424       $ —         $ 283,816       $ 2,602,213   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

PCI loan pools are not risk rated.

 

35


Table of Contents

The following table presents the risk categories for loans and leases as of December 31, 2013:

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Pass      Special
Mention
     Substandard      Doubtful      Not-Rate      Total  
     (In thousands)  

NTM loans:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

   $ 151,728       $ 2,321       $ 2,441       $ —         $ —         $ 156,490   

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens

     129,679         11,470         6,556         —           —           147,705   

Green Loans (HELOC) - second liens

     5,073         —           216         —           —           5,289   

Other consumer

     113         —           —           —           —           113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total NTM loans

     286,593         13,791         9,213         —           —           309,597   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Traditional loans:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

     280,527         1         3,215         —           —           283,743   

Commercial real estate

     510,117         —           4,752         —           —           514,869   

Multi-family

     139,608         —           1,972         —           —           141,580   

SBA

     23,714         —           26         —           —           23,740   

Construction

     24,933         —           —           —           —           24,933   

Lease financing

     31,949         —           —           —           —           31,949   

Consumer:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

     640,701         6,350         20,475         —           —           667,526   

Other consumer

     108,745         108         33         2         —           108,888   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total traditional loans

     1,760,294         6,459         30,473         2         —           1,797,228   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

PCI loans:

                 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial

     —           969         3,059         —           —           4,028   

Commercial real estate

     10,148         —           4,866         —           —           15,014   

SBA

     844         605         2,239         —           —           3,688   

Consumer:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

     —           —           287         —           314,533         314,820   

Other consumer

     —           —           1,736         —           —           1,736   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total PCI loans

     10,992         1,574         12,187         —           314,533         339,286   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,057,879       $ 21,824       $ 51,873       $ 2       $ 314,533       $ 2,446,111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

PCI loan pools are not risk rated.

 

36


Table of Contents

Purchased Credit Impaired Loans and Leases

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company acquired loans and leases through business acquisitions and purchases of loan pools for which there was, at acquisition, evidence of deterioration of credit quality subsequent to origination and it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected. The following table presents the outstanding balance and carrying amount of those loans and leases, which are sometimes collectively referred to as “PCI loans” as of the dates indicated:

 

     June 30, 2014      December 31, 2013  
   Outstanding
Balance
     Carrying
Amount
     Outstanding
Balance
     Carrying
Amount
 
     (In thousands)  

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial

   $ 2,123       $ 1,429       $ 5,838       $ 4,028   

Commercial real estate

     17,001         14,576         17,682         15,014   

SBA

     4,573         3,420         4,940         3,688   

Consumer:

           

Single family residential mortgage

     364,305         284,083         414,341         314,820   

Other consumer

     1,931         1,549         2,134         1,736   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 389,933       $ 305,057       $ 444,935       $ 339,286   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents a summary of accretable yield, or income expected to be collected for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended
June  30,
    Six Months Ended
June  30,
 
   2014     2013     2014     2013  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 108,348      $ 123,952      $ 126,336      $ 32,207   

New loans or leases purchased

     —          2,465        —          95,618   

Accretion of income

     (6,615     (4,842     (13,784     (7,511

Changes in expected cash flows

     27,595        (6,618     27,726        (5,188

Disposals

     (2,486     (16,718     (13,436     (16,887
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 126,842      $ 98,239      $ 126,842      $ 98,239   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company did not purchase any PCI loans during the six months ended June 30, 2014. The Company sold a portion of PCI loans with unpaid principal balances and carrying values of $2.5 million and $1.5 million, respectively, during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and $30.7 million and $17.8 million, respectively, during the six months ended June 30, 2014.

The Company completed a bulk loan acquisition with unpaid principal balances and fair values of $49.5 million and $42.4 million, respectively, for the three months ended June 30, 2013, and four bulk loan acquisitions with unpaid principal balance and fair value of $501.1 million and $372.6 million, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2013, at the respective acquisition dates. The Company determined that certain of the loans in the bulk acquisitions reflected evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination and it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected (PCI loans). During the three months ended June 30, 2013, the Company sold a portion of PCI loans with unpaid principal balances and carrying values of $125.0 million and $70.4 million, respectively.

 

37


Table of Contents

NOTE 6 – SERVICING RIGHTS

The Company retains mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) from certain of its sales of residential mortgage loans. MSRs on residential mortgage loans are reported at fair value. Income earned by the Company on its MSRs is derived primarily from contractually specified mortgage servicing fees and late fees, net of curtailment costs and third party subservicing costs. The Company retains servicing rights in connection with its SBA loan operations, which are measured using the amortization method.

Income earned from servicing rights for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 were $774 thousand and $458 thousand, respectively, and $2.0 million and $646 thousand, respectively. This amount is reported in loan servicing income in the consolidated statements of operations. The following table presents a composition of servicing rights as of the dates indicated:

 

     June 30, 2014      December 31, 2013  
     (In thousands)  

Mortgage servicing rights, at fair value

   $ 9,816       $ 13,535   

SBA servicing rights, at cost

     375         348   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,191       $ 13,883   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mortgage loans sold with servicing retained are not reported as assets and are subserviced by a third party vendor. The unpaid principal balance of these loans at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was $1.16 billion and $1.37 billion, respectively. Custodial escrow balances maintained in connection with serviced loans were $6.8 million and $5.9 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The following table presents the key characteristics, inputs and economic assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the MSRs as of dates indicated:

 

     June 30, 2014     December 31, 2013  
     ($ in thousands)  

Fair value of retained MSRs

   $ 9,816      $ 13,535   

Decay

     20.01     15.40

Discount rate

     10.92     10.39

Constant prepayment rate

     14.20     10.28

Weighted-average life (in years)

     5.52        7.37   

The following table presents activity in the MSRs for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
   2014     2013     2014     2013  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 18,553      $ 2,579      $ 13,535      $ 1,739   

Additions

     5,996        1,852        11,136        2,762   

Prepayments

     (241     (94     (450     (162

Changes in fair value resulting from valuation inputs or assumptions

     (565     305        (1,350     330   

Sales of servicing rights

     (13,397     —          (12,150     —     

Other—loans paid off

     (530     (22     (905     (49
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 9,816      $ 4,620      $ 9,816      $ 4,620   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

38


Table of Contents

SBA Servicing Rights

The Company used a discount rate of 7.25 percent to calculate the present value of cash flows and an estimated prepayment speed based on prepayment data available. Discount rates and prepayment speed are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as appropriate. The following table presents activity in the SBA servicing rights for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
   2014     2013     2014     2013  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 327      $ 498      $ 348      $ 539   

Additions

     69        27        69        32   

Amortization, including prepayments

     (21     (105     (42     (151
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 375      $ 420      $ 375      $ 420   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 7 – OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

The following table presents the activity in other real estate owned for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
   2014     2013     2014     2013  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 150      $ 1,764      $ —        $ 4,527   

Additions

     503        —          653        486   

Sales and net direct write-downs

     (48     (227     (48     (5,476

Net change in valuation allowance

     —          —          —          2,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 605      $ 1,537      $ 605      $ 1,537   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the activity in the other real estate owned valuation allowance for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2014      2013     2014      2013  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ —         $ 69      $ —         $ 2,069   

Additions

     —           —          —           79   

Net direct write-downs and removals from sale

     —           (27     —           (2,106
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ —         $ 42      $ —         $ 42   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents expenses related to foreclosed assets included in loan servicing and foreclosure expenses on the consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2014      2013     2014      2013  
     (In thousands)  

Net gain (loss) on sales

   $ —         $ 37      $ —         $ 151   

Operating expenses, net of rental income

     —           (60     —           (300
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ (23   $ —         $ (149
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company did not provide loans for sale of other real estate owned during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

 

39


Table of Contents

NOTE 8 – GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

At June 30, 2014, the Company had goodwill of $32.2 million related to the RenovationReady, CS Financial, PBOC, and Beach Business Bank acquisitions and trade name intangible asset of $690 thousand related to the CS Financial acquisition.

Core deposit intangibles are amortized over their useful lives ranging from 4 to 7 years. As of June 30, 2014, the weighted average remaining amortization period for core deposit intangibles was approximately 5.7 years. The following table presents a summary of other intangible assets as of the dates indicated:

 

     Gross
Carrying
Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

June 30, 2014:

        

Core deposit intangibles

   $ 15,433       $ 5,164       $ 10,269   

December 31, 2013:

        

Core deposit intangibles

   $ 15,433       $ 3,281       $ 12,152   

Aggregate amortization of intangible assets was $944 thousand and $367 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $1.9 million and $734 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The following table presents estimated future amortization expenses as of June 30, 2014:

 

     2014      2015      2016      2017      2018 and After      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Estimated future amortization expense

   $ 1,596       $ 2,881       $ 2,278       $ 1,685       $ 1,829       $ 10,269   

NOTE 9 – FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES AND OTHER BORROWINGS

At June 30, 2014, the Bank had a fixed-rate advance of $15.0 million at an interest rate of 0.82 percent and a variable-rate advance of $435.0 million at an interest rate of 0.18 percent from the FHLB. At December 31, 2013, $25.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were fixed-rate and had interest rates ranging from 0.59 percent to 0.82 percent with a weighted average rate of 0.73 percent, and $225.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were variable-rate and had a weighted average interest rate of 0.06 percent as of that date.

Each advance is payable at its maturity date. Advances paid early are subject to a prepayment penalty. At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were collateralized by certain real estate loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $1.76 billion and $740.1 million, respectively. The Bank’s investment in capital stock of the FHLB of San Francisco totaled $22.9 million and $14.4 million, respectively, at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013. Based on this collateral and the Bank’s holdings of FHLB stock, the Bank was eligible to borrow an additional $554.9 million at June 30, 2014. In addition, the Bank had available lines of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank totaling $106.6 million at June 30, 2014.

NOTE 10 – LONG TERM DEBT

Senior Notes

On April 23, 2012, the Company completed the public offering of $33.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.50 percent Senior Notes due April 15, 2020 (the “Notes”) at a price to the public of $25.00 per Note. Net proceeds after discounts were approximately $31.7 million. The Notes were issued under the Senior Debt Securities Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012 (the “Base Indenture”), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012 (the “Supplemental Indenture,” and together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

On December 6, 2012, the Company completed the issuance and sale of an additional $45.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a price to the public of $25.00 per Note, plus accrued interest from October 15, 2012. Net proceeds after discounts, including a full exercise of the $6.8 million underwriters’ overallotment option on December 7, 2012, were approximately $50.1 million.

 

40


Table of Contents

The Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured debt obligations and rank equally with all of the Company’s other present and future unsecured unsubordinated obligations. The Notes bear interest at a per-annum rate of 7.50 percent. The Company makes interest payments on the Notes quarterly in arrears.

The Notes will mature on April 15, 2020. However, the Company may, at the Company’s option, on April 15, 2015, or on any scheduled interest payment date thereafter, redeem the Notes in whole or in part on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice. The Notes will be redeemable at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

The Indenture contains several covenants which, among other things, restrict the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to dispose of or incur liens on the voting stock of certain subsidiaries and also contains customary events of default.

Tangible Equity Units – Amortizing Notes

On May 21, 2014, the Company issued $69,000,000 of 8.00% tangible equity units (TEU’s) in an underwritten public offering. A total of 1,380,000 TEUs were issued, including 180,000 TEUs issued to the underwriter upon exercise of its overallotment option, with each TEU having a stated amount of $50.00. Each TEU is comprised of (i) a prepaid stock purchase contract (each a “Purchase Contract”) that will be settled by delivery of specified a number of shares of Company Common Stock and (ii) a junior subordinated amortizing note due May 15, 2017 (each an “Amortizing Note”) that has an initial principal amount of $10.604556 per Amortizing Note, bears interest at a rate of 7.50% per annum and has a scheduled final installment payment date of May 15, 2017. The Company has the right to defer installment payments on the Amortizing Notes at any time and from time to time, subject to certain restrictions, so long as such deferral period does not extend beyond May 15, 2019.

The Purchase Contracts and Amortizing Notes are accounted for separately. The Purchase Contract component of the TEUs is recorded in equity as additional paid in capital. The Amortizing Note is recorded as debt. The fair value of the Amortizing Notes was based on the fair value of similar debt instruments and was estimated to be approximately $14,634,000. The resulting value of the Purchase Contracts of $54,366,000 was recorded as additional paid-in capital on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition. Total issuance costs associated with the TEUs were $3,358,000 (including the underwriter discount of $3,278,000), of which $758,000 was allocated to the liability component and $2,600,000 was allocated to the equity component of the TEUs. The portion of the issuance costs allocated to the debt component of the TEUs is being amortized over the term of the amortizing note. Net proceeds of $65,642,000 from the issuance of the TEUs are designated to finance the Company’s previously announced pending acquisition of 20 California branches from Popular Community Bank and for general corporate purposes. See Note 15 Shareholders’ Equity for additional information.

NOTE 11 – INCOME TAXES

For the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, income tax expense was $253 thousand and $1.8 million, respectively, and the effective tax rate was 3.0 percent and 29.5 percent, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, income tax expense was $262 thousand and $2.5 million, respectively, and the effective tax rate was 2.9 percent and 31.7 percent, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate decreased due to the release of a portion of the valuation allowance established in 2013. Due to the inability to reliably estimate the income for the year, the Company has used the year to date effective tax rate as the best estimate of the annual effective tax rate, under ASC 740-270-30.

The Company accounts for income taxes by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities based upon temporary differences between the amounts for financial reporting purposes and tax basis of its assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that a portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management evaluates both positive and negative evidence, including the existence of any cumulative losses in the current year and the prior two years, the amount of taxes paid in available carry-back years, the forecasts of future income, applicable tax planning strategies, and assessments of current and future economic and business conditions. This analysis is updated quarterly and adjusted as necessary. As of June 30, 2014, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $2.5 million, net of a $13.0 million valuation allowance and as of December 31, 2013, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $0, net of a $17.3 million valuation allowance.

The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 740-10-25 (formally FIN 48), which relates to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements on January 1, 2007. ASC 740-10-25 prescribes a threshold and a measurement process for recognizing in the financial statements a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The

 

41


Table of Contents

Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $2.2 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly change in the next twelve months. As of June 30, 2014, the total unrecognized tax benefit that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate is $102 thousand. In the event we are assessed interest and/or penalties by federal or state tax authorities, such amounts will be classified in the consolidated financial statements as income tax expense. At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had $10 thousand accrued interest or penalties.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. Federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to examination by U.S. Federal taxing authorities for years before 2010 (except for Gateway Bancorp’s pre-acquisition federal tax return, which is currently under exam by the Internal Revenue Service for the 2008 and 2009 tax years). The Company is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011. The statute of limitations for the assessment of California Franchise taxes has expired for tax years before 2009 (other state income and franchise tax statutes of limitations vary by state).

NOTE 12 – MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES

The Bank originates conforming single family residential mortgage loans and sells these loans in the secondary market. The amount of net gain on mortgage banking activities is a function of mortgage loans originated for sale and the fair values of these loans and derivatives. Net gain on mortgage banking activities includes mark to market pricing adjustments on loan commitments and forward sales contracts, and initial capitalized value of mortgage servicing rights (MSRs).

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, the Bank originated $715.1 million and $1.23 billion, respectively, and sold $651.0 million and $1.18 billion of conforming single family residential mortgage loans in the secondary market, respectively. The net gain and margin were $23.2 million and 3.25 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $2.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, the net gain and margin were $38.4 million and 3.13 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $5.1 million. Included in the net gain is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $5.9 million and $10.7 million, on loans sold to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively.

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, the Bank originated $534.8 million and $867.6 million, respectively, and sold $397.4 million and $729.0 million of conforming single family residential mortgage loans in the secondary market, respectively. The net gain and margin were $17.5 million and 3.27 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $2.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, the net gain and margin were $32.1 million and 3.70 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $4.6 million. Included in the net gain is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $1.8 million and $2.6 million, on loans sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively.

Mortgage Loan Repurchase Obligations

In addition to net gain on mortgage banking activities, the Company records provisions to the representation and warranty reserve representing our initial estimate of losses on probable mortgage repurchases or loss reimbursements. Provision for loan repurchases totaled $330 thousand and $732 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $901 thousand and $988 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Additionally, the Company provided initial provision for loan repurchases of $638 thousand against net gain on mortgage banking activities during the three months ended June 30, 2014.

The following table presents a summary of activity in the reserve for loss on repurchased loans for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
   2014     2013     2014     2013  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 5,866      $ 3,498      $ 5,427      $ 3,485   

Provision for loan repurchases

     968        732        1,539        988   

Payments made for loss reimbursement on sold loans

     (660     (256     (792     (499
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 6,174      $ 3,974      $ 6,174      $ 3,974   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

42


Table of Contents

NOTE 13 – RISK MANAGEMENT AND DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

The Company uses derivative instruments and other risk management techniques to reduce its exposure to adverse fluctuations in interest rates in accordance with its risk management policies. The Company utilizes forward contracts and investor commitments to economically hedge mortgage banking products and may from time to time use interest rate swaps as hedges against certain liabilities.

On September 30, 2013, the Company entered into pay-fixed, receive-variable interest-rate swap contracts with institutional counterparties to hedge against variability in cash flows attributable to interest rate risk caused by changes in the LIBOR benchmark interest rate on the Company’s ongoing LIBOR based variable rate deposits. The Company is accounting for the swaps as cash flow hedges under ASC 815. The notional amount of the interest rate swaps were $50.0 million with a maturity date of September 27, 2018. The fair values of the interest rate swaps were a loss of $283 thousand and a gain of $226 thousand as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

The Company originates residential real estate mortgage loans and generates revenues from the origination and sale of these loans. Although management closely monitors market conditions, such activities are sensitive to fluctuations in prevailing interest rates and real estate markets. As of June 30, 2014, approximately 74.0 percent of all properties securing loans held for sale were located in California. A change in the underlying economic conditions of the California residential real estate market could have an adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations.

In connection with mortgage banking activities, if interest rates increase, the value of the Company’s loan commitments to borrowers and fixed rate mortgage loans held-for-sale are adversely impacted. The Company attempts to economically hedge the risk of the overall change in the fair value of loan commitments to borrowers and mortgage loans held for sale by selling forward contracts on securities with government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs) and investors in loans. Forward contracts on securities of GSEs and loan commitments to borrowers are non-designated derivative instruments and the gains and losses resulting from these derivative instruments are included in net gain on mortgage banking activities in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. At June 30, 2014, the resulting derivative assets of $7.9 million and liabilities of $3.7 million, are included in other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively, on the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. At June 30, 2014, the Company had outstanding forward sales commitments totaling $351.0 million. At June 30, 2014, the Company was committed to fund loans for borrowers of approximately $235.8 million.

The net losses relating to free-standing derivative instruments used for risk management were $5.5 million and $0 for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $9.1 million and $0 for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and are included in net gain on mortgage banking activities in the consolidated statements of operations.

The following table presents the amount and market value of derivative instruments included in the consolidated statements of financial condition as of the dates indicated. Note 3, Fair Value of Financial Instruments, contains further disclosures pertaining to the fair value of mortgage banking derivatives.

 

     June 30, 2014      December 31, 2013  
   Notional Amount      Fair Value      Notional Amount      Fair Value  
     (In thousands)  

Included in assets:

           

Interest rate lock commitments

   $ 230,463       $ 7,937       $ 129,010       $ 3,962   

Mandatory forward commitments

     —           —           242,337         1,305   

Interest rate swap

     —           —           50,000         226   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total included in assets

   $ 230,463       $ 7,937       $ 421,347       $ 5,493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in liabilities:

           

Interest rate lock commitments

   $ 5,287       $ 1,090       $ —         $ —     

Mandatory forward commitments

     351,012         2,618         —           —     

Interest rate swap

     50,000         283         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total included in liabilities

   $ 406,299       $ 3,991       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents

NOTE 14 – STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS

Share-based Compensation Expense

For the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, share-based compensation expense was $2.0 million and $296 thousand, respectively, and the related tax benefits were $800 thousand and $121 thousand, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, share-based compensation expense was $2.8 million and $872 thousand, respectively, and the related tax benefits were $1.1 million and $358 thousand, respectively.

On July 16, 2013, the Company’s stockholders approved the Company’s 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (the 2013 Omnibus Plan). Upon the approval of the 2013 Omnibus Plan, no new awards may be granted under the Company’s 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any prior equity incentive plans. The 2013 Omnibus Plan provides that the aggregate number of shares of Company common stock that may be subject to awards under the 2013 Omnibus Plan will be 20 percent of the then outstanding shares of Company common stock (the Share Limit), provided that in no event will the Share Limit be less than the greater of 2,384,711 shares of Company common stock and the aggregate number of shares of Company common stock with respect to which awards have been properly granted under the 2013 Omnibus Plan up to that point in time. As of June 30, 2014, based on the number of shares registered for issuance under the 2013 Omnibus Plan, 999,740 shares were available for future awards under the 2013 Omnibus Plan.

Unrecognized Share-based Compensation Expense

The following table presents unrecognized share-based compensation expense as of June 30, 2014:

 

     Unrecognized
Expense
     Average Expected
Recognition Period
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Stock option awards

   $ 1,240         3.7 years   

Restricted stock awards and restricted stock units

     11,584         3.4 years   
  

 

 

    

Total

   $ 12,824         3.4 years   
  

 

 

    

Stock Options

The Company has issued stock options to certain employees, officers and directors. Stock options are issued at the current market price on the date of grant, and generally have provided for a three-year to five-year vesting period and contractual terms of 7 to 10 years.

The following table represents stock option activity as of and for the three months ended June 30, 2014:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contract
Term
     Aggregated
Intrinsic
Value

(In thousands)
 

Outstanding at beginning of period

     668,054       $ 12.86         7.3 years       $ 188   

Granted

     150,000       $ 12.27         9.8 years         —     
  

 

 

          

Outstanding at end of period

     818,054       $ 12.75         7.5 years         —     
  

 

 

          

Exercisable at end of period

     —         $ —           —           —     
  

 

 

          

The following table represents stock option activity as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2014:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contract
Term
     Aggregated
Intrinsic
Value

(In thousands)
 

Outstanding at beginning of period

     734,721      $ 12.73         7.5 years       $ 741   

Granted

     150,000      $ 12.27         9.8 years         —     

Exercised

     (66,667   $ 11.36         —           —     
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at end of period

     818,054      $ 12.75         7.5 years         —     
  

 

 

         

Exercisable at end of period

     —          —           —           —     
  

 

 

         

 

44


Table of Contents

The following table represents changes in unvested stock options and related information as of and for the three months ended June 30, 2014:

 

     Three Months Ended June 30, 2014      Six Months Ended June 30, 2014  
   Number
of Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise

Price per
Share
     Number
of Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise

Price per
Share
 
     (In thousands)  

Non-vested outstanding at beginning of period

     419,569      $ 13.16         419,569      $ 13.16   

Granted

     150,000      $ 12.27         150,000      $ 12.27   

Vested

     (25,000   $ 12.86         (25,000   $ 12.86   
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

Non-vested outstanding at end of period

     544,569      $ 12.93         544,569      $ 12.93   
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units

Additionally, the Company also has granted restricted stock awards and restricted stock units to certain employees, officers and directors. The restricted stock awards and units are valued at the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of award. The restricted stock awards and units fully vest after one to five years of continued employment from the date of grant. The Company recognizes an income tax deduction in an amount equal to the taxable income reported by the holders of the restricted stock, generally when vested or, in the case of restricted stock units, when settled.

The following table represents restricted stock awards activity as of and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014:

 

     Three Months Ended June 30, 2014      Six Months Ended June 30, 2014  
   Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise

Price per
Share
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
 
     (In thousands)  

Non-vested shares outstanding at beginning of period

     883,525      $ 13.83         893,886      $ 13.78   

Granted

     547,761      $ 11.70         643,480      $ 11.91   

Vested

     (76,895   $ 14.02         (99,792   $ 13.37   

Forfeited

     (77,938   $ 13.53         (161,121   $ 13.27   
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

Non-vested shares outstanding at end of period

     1,276,453      $ 12.93         1,276,453      $ 12.93   
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

Stock Appreciation Rights

On August 21, 2012, the Company granted to its chief executive officer a ten-year stock appreciation rights (SAR) with respect to 500,000 shares (Initial SAR) of the Company’s common stock with a base price of $12.12 per share. One third of the Initial SAR vested on the grant date, one third vested on the first anniversary of the grant date and one-third will vest on the second anniversary of the grant date such that the SAR will be fully vested on the second anniversary of the grant date. Upon cessation of the chief executive officer’s service with the Company for “Cause” or without “Good Reason” (including a cessation of service following the expiration of the term of the chief executive officer’s employment agreement), the vested portion of all SARs will expire 90-days following the cessation of service. Except as otherwise described below for the TEU Additional SARS, additional SARs (Additional SARs) have been issued to the Company’s chief executive officer with the same terms and conditions (including vesting and dividend equivalent rights) as the Initial SAR pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions under the SAR agreement with the Company due to the Company’s issuances of shares of common stock.

On May 21, 2014, the Company issued additional SARs (TEU Additional SARs) to the Company’s chief executive officer relating to a public offering of the Company’s tangible equity units (TEUs). Each TEU is comprised of a prepaid stock purchase contract (each, a Purchase Contract) and a junior subordinated amortizing note due May 15, 2017 issued by the Company (each, an Amortizing Note). Unless settled early at the holder’s option, each Purchase Contract will automatically settle and the Company will deliver a number of shares of its voting common stock based on the then applicable market value of the voting common stock, ranging from an initial minimum settlement rate of 4.4456 shares per Purchase Contract (subject to adjustment) if the applicable market value is equal to or greater than $11.247 per share to an initial maximum settlement rate of 5.1124 shares per Purchase Contract (subject to adjustment) if the applicable market value is less than or equal to $9.78 per share. The number of settlement shares underlying the TEU Additional SARs was calculated using the initial maximum settlement rate and, therefore, the number of shares underlying the TEU Additional SARs is subject to adjustment and forfeiture if the aggregate number of shares of stock issued in settlement of any single Purchase Contract is less than the initial maximum settlement rate.

 

45


Table of Contents

Until each Purchase Contract settles and the voting common stock related thereto is issued, each corresponding TEU Additional SAR has a vesting date of May 21, 2017 and has no dividend equivalent rights prior to vesting. The TEU Additional SARs vest earlier as follows: (i) for any Purchase Contract settled before August 21, 2014, the TEU Additional SARs corresponding to such Purchase Contract shall become 2/3 vested and exercisable on the date on which any such Purchase Contract is settled and the remaining 1/3 shall become vested and exercisable on August 21, 2014 and the 1/3 unvested TEU Additional SARs corresponding to such Purchase Contract shall be eligible for the same dividend equivalent rights as the Initial SAR; (ii) for any Purchase Contract settled in shares of voting common stock on or after August 21, 2014, then the TEU Additional SARs corresponding to such Purchase Contract shall become 100% vested and exercisable on the date on which any such Purchase Contract is settled; and (iii) if the aggregate number of shares of voting common stock issued in settlement of any single Purchase Contract on the settlement date (the Actually Issued Common Shares) is less than the initial maximum settlement rate, then the TEU Additional SAR related to that single Purchase Contract shall be recalculated and adjusted pursuant to the terms of the Initial SAR based on the Actually Issued Common Shares instead of the initial maximum settlement rate and the chief executive officer shall forfeit on such settlement date any TEU Additional SARs granted in excess of those that would have been granted on the respective settlement date.

The following table represents a summary of all outstanding SARs (Initial SAR, Additional SARs and TEU Additional SARs, together the SARs):

 

     Initial SAR      Additional
SAR I (1)
     Additional
SAR II (2)
     Additional
SAR III (3)
     Additional
SAR IV (4)
     Additional
SAR V (5)
     TEU
Additional
SAR (6)
 

Grant Date

     08/21/12         06/21/13         07/01/13         07/02/13         12/10/13         05/21/14         05/21/14   

Number of shares

     500,000         150,933         88,366         15,275         70,877         252,023         293,622   

Base price per share

   $ 12.12       $ 13.06       $ 13.60       $ 13.55       $ 12.83       $ 10.09       $ 10.09   

Grant date fair value per share

   $ 3.58       $ 1.86       $ 1.94       $ 1.93       $ 1.86       $ 1.22       $ 1.58   

 

(1) Issued due to the Company’s common stock issuance for an underwritten public offering completed on June 21, 2013.
(2) Issued due to the Company’s common stock issuance in connection with the PBOC acquisition completed on July 1, 2013
(3) Issued due to the Company’s common stock issuance for the exercise of over-allotment option granted to the underwriters of the Company’s public common stock offering initially completed on June 21, 2013
(4) Issued due to the Company’s common stock issuance in a private placement completed on December 10, 2013
(5) Issued due to the Company’s common stock issuance for an underwritten public offering completed on May 21, 2014.
(6) The TEU Additional SAR originally related to 300,219 shares of common stock with a scheduled vesting of May 21, 2017, as described above. As a result of the settlement of a portion of the Purchase Contacts on May 30, 2014, the TEU Additional SAR accelerated in vesting with respect to 43,983 shares on May 30, 2014 and on that same date 6,597 shares were forfeited. TEU Additional SARs that have accelerated in vesting have the same terms and conditions as the Initial SAR.

The SARs originally were to be settled in cash and the compensation expense for the SARs was recognized over the vesting period based on the fair value as calculated using Black Scholes as of the grant date and adjusted each quarter. On December 13, 2013, the Company amended the Initial SAR agreement to provide that the SARs be settled in shares of voting common stock rather than cash, with all other terms remaining substantially the same. Currently, compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period based on the fair value as calculated using Black Scholes as of the conversion date for the SARs issued before the conversion date and grant dates for the SARs issued after the conversion date.

NOTE 15—SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Warrants

On November 1, 2010, the Company issued warrants to TCW Shared Opportunity Fund V, L.P. for up to 240,000 shares of non-voting common stock at an exercise price of $11.00 per share, subject to anti-dilutive adjustments. These warrants are exercisable from the date of issuance through November 1, 2015. On November 1, 2010, the Company also issued warrants to COR Advisors LLC to purchase up to 1,395,000 shares of non-voting stock at an exercise price of $11.00 per share, subject to anti-dilutive adjustments. Of these warrants, warrants for the right to purchase 960,000 shares are now held indirectly by Steven A. Sugarman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and warrants for the right to purchase 435,000 shares are now held by Jeffrey T. Seabold, Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Company. These warrants are exercisable at the time of issuance based upon the additional shares issued and the anti-dilutive provisions set in the agreement and became fully exercisable at the time the anti-dilutive event occurred. These warrants are exercisable for five years after the original vesting date. The warrants are exercisable for voting common stock in lieu of non-voting common stock following the transfer of the warrants in a widely dispersed offering or in other limited circumstances.

 

46


Table of Contents

Common Stock

On June 21, 2013, the Company issued 2,268,000 shares of its voting common stock in an underwritten public offering for gross proceeds of approximately $29.5 million and 1,153,846 shares of voting common stock to two institutional investors in a registered direct offering for gross proceeds of approximately $15 million.

On July 2, 2013, the Company issued an additional 360,000 shares of voting common stock upon the exercise in full by the underwriters of the underwritten public offering of their 30-day over-allotment option, for additional gross proceeds of approximately $4.4 million.

On December 10, 2013, the Company completed the issuance and sale of an aggregate of 1,509,450 shares of common stock in a private placement to Patriot Financial Partners, L.P. and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel, L.P. at $13.25 per share, in exchange for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $20 million.

On May 21, 2014, the Company issued 5,150,000 shares of its voting common stock in an underwritten public offering and for gross proceeds of approximately $50.4 million and 772,500 shares of voting common stock upon the exercise in full by the underwriters of the underwritten public offering of their 30-day over-allotment option, for additional gross proceeds of approximately $7.6 million.

Perpetual Preferred Stock

On June 12, 2013, in an underwritten public offering, the Company sold 1,400,000 depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of its 8.00 percent Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, par value $0.01 per share and liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, at an offering price of $25.00 per depositary share, for gross proceeds of $33.9 million. The Company also granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 210,000 depositary shares to cover over-allotments, if any, at the same price, for potential additional gross proceeds of $5.1 million, which the underwriters exercised in full on July 8, 2013.

As discussed under Note 2, Business Combinations and Branch Sales, on July 1, 2013, the Company completed its previously announced acquisition of PBOC. Upon completion of the acquisition, each share of preferred stock issued by PBOC as part of the Small Business Lending Fund (SBLF) program of the United States Department of Treasury (10,000 shares in the aggregate with a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share) was converted automatically into one substantially identical share of preferred stock of the Company with a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share, designated as the Company’s Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B. The terms of the preferred stock issued by the Company in exchange for the PBOC preferred stock are substantially identical to the preferred stock previously issued by the Company as part of its own participation in the SBLF program (32,000 shares in aggregate with a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share), designated as the Company’s Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A.

Tangible Equity Units

On May 21, 2014, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of 1,380,000 of its tangible equity units (TEUs), which included 180,000 TEUs issued to the underwriter upon the full exercise of its over-allotment option, resulting in net proceeds of $65.6 million. Each TEU is comprised of a prepaid stock purchase contract (each, a Purchase Contract) and a junior subordinated amortizing note due May 15, 2017 issued by the Company (each, an Amortizing Note). Unless settled early at the holder’s option, each Purchase Contract will automatically settle and the Company will deliver a number of shares of its voting common stock based on the then-applicable market value of the voting common stock, ranging from an initial minimum settlement rate of 4.4456 shares per Purchase Contract (subject to adjustment) if the applicable market value is equal to or greater than $11.247 per share to an initial maximum settlement rate of 5.1124 shares per Purchase Contract (subject to adjustment) if the applicable market value is less than or equal to $9.78 per share.

From the first business day following the issuance of the TEUs to but excluding the third business day immediately preceding May 15, 2017, a holder of a Purchase Contract may settle its Purchase Contract early, and the Company will deliver to the holder 4.4456 shares of voting common stock. The holder also may elect to settle its Purchase Contract early in connection with a “fundamental change,” in which case the holder will receive a number of shares of voting common stock based on a fundamental change early settlement rate. The Company may elect to settle all Purchase Contracts early by delivering to each holder 5.1124 shares of voting common stock or, under certain circumstances, by delivering 4.4456 shares of voting common stock. As of June 30, 2014, a total of 232,500 Purchase Contracts had been settled early by their holders, resulting in the issuance by the Company of 1,033,602 shares of voting common stock. As of June 30, 2014, 1,147,500 Purchase Contracts remained outstanding.

 

47


Table of Contents

Each Amortizing Note has an initial principal amount of $10.604556 per Amortizing Note, bears interest at a rate of 7.50% per annum and has a scheduled final installment payment date of May 15, 2017. On each August 15, November 15, February 15 and May 15, commencing on August 15, 2014, the Company will pay holders of Amortizing Notes equal quarterly cash installments of $1.00 per Amortizing Note (or, in the case of the installment payment due on August 15, 2014, $0.933333 per Amortizing Note) (such installments, the “installment payments”), which installment payments in the aggregate will be equivalent to a 8.00% cash distribution per year with respect to each $50.00 stated amount of TEUs. Each installment payment will constitute a payment of interest (at a rate of 7.50% per annum) and a partial repayment of principal on each Amortizing Note. The Company has the right to defer installment payments at any time and from time to time, subject to certain restrictions, so long as such deferral period does not extend beyond May 15, 2019. If the Company elects to settle the Purchase Contracts early, the holders of the Amortizing Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase the Amortizing Notes.

Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The Company’s accumulated other comprehensive income includes unrealized gain (losses) on available-for-sale investment securities and unrealized gain on cash flow hedge. Changes to other accumulated other comprehensive income are presented net of tax effect as a component of equity. Reclassifications from accumulated comprehensive income are recorded on the statements of operations either as a gain or loss.

The following table presents changes to accumulate other comprehensive income by components are presented in the following tables for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended  
     Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
on AFS
Securities
    Cash Flow
Hedge
    Total     Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
on AFS
Securities
    Cash Flow
Hedge
    Total  
     (In thousands)  

June 30, 2014:

            

Balance at beginning of period

   $ (310   $ 9      $ (301   $ (826   $ 226      $ (600

Unrealized gain(loss) arising during the period

     1,099        (292     807        2,122        (509     1,613   

Reclassification adjustment from other comprehensive income

     (15     —          (15     (522     —          (522

Tax effect of current period changes

     —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total changes, net of taxes

     1,084        (292     792        1,600        (509     1,091   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 774      $ (283   $ 491      $ 774      $ (283   $ 491   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

June 30, 2013:

            

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 1,189      $ —        $ 1,189      $ 1,397      $ —        $ 1,397   

Unrealized gain(loss) arising during the period

     (400     —          (400     (300     —          (300

Reclassification adjustment from other comprehensive income

     (1     —          (1     (309     —          (309

Tax effect of current period changes

     —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total changes, net of taxes

     (401     —          (401     (609     —          (609
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 788      $ —        $ 788      $ 788      $ —        $ 788   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents

NOTE 16 – EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

Net income (loss) allocated to common shareholders is computed by subtracting income allocated to participating securities and preferred stock dividend from net income. Participating securities are instruments granted in share-based payment transactions that contain rights to receive nonforfeitable dividends or dividend equivalents, which includes the SARs to the extent they confer dividend equivalent rights, as described under “Stock Appreciation Rights” in Note 14. Basic earnings (loss) per common share (EPS) is computed by dividing net income allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding, including the minimum number of shares issuable under purchase contracts relating to the tangible equity units. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding, adjusted for the dilutive effect of the restricted stock units, the potentially issuable shares in excess of the minimum under purchase contracts relating to the tangible equity units, outstanding stock options, and warrants to purchase common stock. Computations for basic and diluted EPS are provided below.

 

     Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended  
     Common
Stock
    Class B
Common
Stock
    Total     Common
Stock
    Class B
Common
Stock
    Total  
     ($ in thousands, except per share data)  

June 30, 2014:

            

Basic:

            

Net income

   $ 7,934      $ 187      $ 8,121      $ 8,649      $ 229      $ 8,878   

Less: income allocated to participating securities

     (156     (4     (160     (67     (2     (69

Less: preferred stock dividends

     (889     (21     (910     (1,773     (47     (1,820
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income allocated to common shareholders

   $ 6,889      $ 162      $ 7,051      $ 6,809      $ 180      $ 6,989   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     25,239,390        596,018        25,835,408        22,439,267        593,030        23,032,297   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 0.27      $ 0.27      $ 0.27      $ 0.30      $ 0.30      $ 0.30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted:

            

Net income allocated to common shareholders

   $ 6,889      $ 162      $ 7,051      $ 6,809      $ 180      $ 6,989   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic earnings per common share

     25,239,390        596,018        25,835,408        22,439,267        593,030        23,032,297   

Add: Dilutive effects of restricted stock units

     38,741        —          38,741        22,110        —          22,110   

Add: Dilutive effects of purchase contracts

     55,370        —          55,370        27,838        —          27,838   

Add: Dilutive effects of stock options

     568        —          568        13,268        —          13,268   

Add: Dilutive effects of warrants

     —          58,478        58,478        —          158,205        158,205   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average shares and dilutive common shares

     25,334,069        654,496        25,988,565        22,502,483        751,235        23,253,718   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 0.27      $ 0.25      $ 0.27      $ 0.30      $ 0.24      $ 0.30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

June 30, 2013:

            

Basic:

            

Net income

   $ 4,021      $ 342      $ 4,363      $ 4,839      $ 453      $ 5,292   

Less: income allocated to participating securities

     (116     (10     (126     (86     (8     (94

Less: preferred stock dividends

     —          —          —          (263     (25     (288
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income allocated to common shareholders

   $ 3,905      $ 332      $ 4,237      $ 4,490      $ 420      $ 4,910   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     11,235,177        955,027        12,190,204        11,025,454        1,033,173        12,058,627   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 0.35      $ 0.35      $ 0.35      $ 0.41      $ 0.41      $ 0.41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted:

            

Net income allocated to common shareholders

   $ 3,905      $ 332      $ 4,237      $ 4,490      $ 420      $ 4,910   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic earnings per common share

     11,235,177        955,027        12,190,204        11,025,454        1,033,173        12,058,627   

Add: Dilutive effects of stock options

     29,510        —          29,510        14,418        —          14,418   

Add: Dilutive effects of warrants

     —          195,770        195,770        —          137,312        137,312   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average shares and dilutive common shares

     11,264,687        1,150,797        12,415,484        11,039,872        1,170,485        12,210,357   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 0.35      $ 0.29      $ 0.34      $ 0.41      $ 0.36      $ 0.40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For three and six months ended June 30, 2014, there were 683,054 and 558,054 stock options, respectively, for common stock that were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share, because they were anti-dilutive. For three and six months ended June 30, 2013, there were 168,569 and 243,569 stock options, respectively, for common stock that were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share, because they were anti-dilutive.

 

49


Table of Contents

NOTE 17—OFF-BALANCE SHEET COMMITMENTS

Some financial instruments such as loan commitments, credit lines, letters of credit, and overdraft protection are issued to meet customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Risk of credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment.

The contractual amount of financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk was as follows for the dates indicated:

 

     June 30, 2014      December 31, 2013  
   Fixed
Rate
     Variable
Rate
     Fixed
Rate
     Variable
Rate
 
     (In thousands)  

Financial Instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk

           

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 68,535       $ 61,569       $ 35,425       $ 61,613   

Unused lines of credit

     18,524         283,545         3,403         268,669   

Letters of credit

     760         6,718         10         6,289   

Commitments to make loans are generally made for periods of 30 days or less.

As of June 30, 2014, total forward commitments were $450.0 million. These commitments consisted of jumbo mortgage loan sale commitments of $69.0 million, TBAs of $351.0 million, best efforts of $29.8 million, and other commitments of $226 thousand. Additionally, the Company had IRLCs of $281.2 million at June 30, 2014.

NOTE 18—RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Bank has granted loans to certain officers and directors and their related interests. Such loans amounted to $200 thousand and $748 thousand at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. These loans are made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and collateral, as those of comparable transactions with non-insiders prevailing at the time, in accordance with the Bank’s underwriting guidelines, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. The Bank has an Employee Loan Program (the “Program”) which offers executive officers, directors and principal shareholders that meet the eligibility requirements the opportunity to participate on the same terms as employees generally, provided that any loan to an executive officer, director or principal shareholder must be approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors. The sole benefit provided under the Program is a reduction in loan fees.

Deposits from principal officers, directors, and their related interests amounted to $2.4 million and $10.5 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Transactions Involving Steven A. Sugarman. The following is a description of transactions involving the Company and certain entities affiliated with or relatives of Steven A. Sugarman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank and a member of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank.

Palisades Lease Payment Reimbursements. The Company acquired its subsidiary, Palisades Group, LLC (Palisades) on September 10, 2013, at which time Palisades occupied premises in Santa Monica, California leased by COR Securities Holding, Inc. (CORSHI), of which Mr. Sugarman is the Chief Executive Officer as well as a shareholder (both directly and indirectly). In light of the benefit received by Palisades of its occupancy of the Santa Monica premises, the non-interested directors of the Company’s Board ratified reimbursement to CORSHI for rental payments made for the Santa Monica premises for the period commencing September 16, 2013 through the last date Palisades occupies the premises. Palisades negotiated with an unaffiliated third party a lease for new premises and occupied those premises on June 27, 2014. On the same date, Palisades vacated the Santa Monica CORSHI premises.

The aggregate rent payments reimbursed to CORSHI from September 16, 2013 through December 30, 2013 were $39,972 comprised of (i) $5,661, the pro-rated base rent amount for the partial month of September 2013; (ii) $11,324 per month in base rent for the months of October and November 2013, and (iii) $11,663 per month in base rent for the month of December 2013.

Regarding the security deposit for the premises, after Palisades occupied the CORSHI premises, the Company reimbursed CORSHI relating to a security deposit amount for the premises of $33,844. The Company received reimbursement of this security deposit amount from Palisades. For the months of January 1, 2014 through June 27, 2014, CORSHI granted Palisades a rent abatement equal to

 

50


Table of Contents

the $33,844 security deposit and combined with additional payments, Palisades paid leasing cost totaling $57,616 to CORSHI for that same time period. The Board’s Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee have monitored all the reimbursement costs and will review the aggregate reimbursement costs.

Palisades Consulting Agreement. As discussed above, the Company acquired its subsidiary, Palisades on September 16, 2013. Effective July 1, 2013, Palisades entered into a consulting agreement with Jason Sugarman, Mr. Sugarman’s brother. Jason Sugarman provides advisory services to financial institutions and other institutional clients related to investments in residential mortgages, real estate and real estate related assets and Palisades entered into the agreement with Jason Sugarman to provide these types of consulting services. The consulting agreement is for a term of 5 years, with a minimum payment of $30,000 owed at the end of each quarter for consulting services Jason Sugarman has provided Palisades. There is also the potential for additional bonus payments based on the nature of work performed and the financial results of Palisades. The aggregate amount of identified payments that will be paid by Palisades to Jason Sugarman under the five-year term of the consulting agreement will exceed $600,000. The $600,000 is the minimum amount owed but does not include any bonuses that may be earned under the agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014, amounts earned by Jason Sugarman under the consulting agreement totaled $120,662 and $60,000, respectively. The consulting agreement may be terminated at any time by ether Palisades or Jason Sugarman upon 30 days prior written notice. The consulting agreement with Jason Sugarman was reviewed as a related party transaction and approved by the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and approved by the disinterested directors of the Board.

CS Financial Acquisition. Certain relatives and entities affiliated with Mr. Sugarman received benefits as part of the CS Financial acquisition described in detail below under “—Transactions Involving Jeffrey T. Seabold.”

Transactions Involving Jeffrey T. Seabold. The following is a description of transactions involving the Company and certain entities affiliated with Jeffrey T. Seabold, who currently is employed as Executive Vice President, Chief Lending Officer of the Company and the Bank and previously served as a director of the Company and the Bank.

CS Financial Acquisition. Effective October 31, 2013, the Company acquired CS Financial Inc. (CS Financial), a California corporation and Southern California-based mortgage banking firm controlled by Jeffrey T. Seabold and in which certain relatives and entities affiliated with Mr. Sugarman also own certain minority, non-controlling interests. The following is a description of the transaction.

CS Financial Service Agreement. On December 27, 2012, the Company entered into a Management Services Agreement (Services Agreement) with CS Financial. On December 27, 2012, Mr. Seabold was then a member of the Board of Directors of each of the Company and the Bank. Under the Services Agreement, CS Financial agreed to provide the Bank such reasonably requested financial analysis, management consulting, knowledge sharing, training services and general advisory services as the Bank and CS Financial mutually agreed upon with respect to the Bank’s residential mortgage lending business, including strategic plans and business objectives, compliance function, monitoring, reporting and related systems, and policies and procedures, at a monthly fee of $100,000. The Services Agreement was recommended by disinterested members of management of the Bank and negotiated and approved by special committees of the Board of Directors of each of the Company and the Bank (Special Committees), comprised exclusively of independent, disinterested directors of the Boards. Each of the Boards of Directors of the Bank and the Company also considered and approved the Services Agreement, upon the recommendation of the Special Committees.

On May 13, 2013, the Bank hired Mr. Seabold as Managing Director and Chief Lending Officer by entering into a three-year employment agreement with Mr. Seabold (the Employment Agreement). Simultaneously, the Bank terminated, with immediate effect, its Services Agreement with CS Financial. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the total compensation paid to CS Financial under the Services Agreement was $439,000.

Option to Acquire CS Financial. Under the Employment Agreement, Mr. Seabold granted to the Company and the Bank an option (CS Call Option), to acquire CS Financial for a purchase price of $10 million, payable pursuant to the terms provided under the Employment Agreement. Based upon the recommendation of the Special Committees, with the assistance of outside financial and legal advisors and consultants, the Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank, with Mr. Sugarman recusing himself from the discussions and vote due to previously disclosed conflicts of interest, approved the recommendation of the Special Committees and, pursuant to a letter dated July 29, 2013, the Company indicated that the CS Call Option was being exercised by the Bank, subject to the negotiation and execution of definitive transaction documentation consistent with the applicable provisions of the Employment Agreement and the satisfaction of the terms and conditions set forth therein.

Merger Agreement. After exercise of the CS Call Option as described above, the Company and the Bank entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (Merger Agreement) with CS Financial, the shareholders of CS Financial (Sellers) and Mr. Seabold, as the Sellers’ Representative and completed its acquisition of CS Financial on October 31, 2013.

 

51


Table of Contents

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, which was approved by the Board of Directors of each of the Company, the Bank and CS Financial, at the effective time of the Merger, the outstanding shares of common stock of CS Financial was converted into the right to receive in the aggregate: (1) upon the closing of the Merger, (a) 173,791 shares (Closing Date Shares) of voting common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (Voting Common Stock), and (b) $1,500,000 in cash and $3,150,000 in the form of a noninterest-bearing note issued by the Company to Mr. Seabold that was due and paid by the Company on January 2, 2014; and (2) upon the achievement of certain performance targets by the Bank’s Lending Division following the closing of the Merger that are set forth in the Merger Agreement, up to 92,781 shares (Performance Shares) of Voting Common Stock ((1) and (2), together, Merger Consideration).

Seller Stock Consideration. The Sellers under the Merger Agreement included Mr. Seabold, and the following relatives of Mr. Sugarman: Jason Sugarman (brother), Elizabeth Sugarman (sister-in-law), and Michael Sugarman (father), who each owned minority, non-controlling interests in CS Financial.

Upon the closing of the Merger and pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the aggregate shares of Voting Common Stock issued as the consideration to the Sellers was 173,791 shares, which was allocated by the Sellers and issued as follows: (i) 103,663 shares to Mr. Seabold, (ii) 16,140 shares to Jason Sugarman, (iii) 16,140 shares to Elizabeth Sugarman, (iv) 3,228 shares to Michael Sugarman, and (v) 34,620 shares to certain employees of CS Financial. Of the 103,663 shares to be issued to Mr. Seabold, as allowed under the Merger Agreement and in consideration of repayment of a certain debt incurred by CS Financial owed to an entity controlled by Elizabeth Sugarman, Mr. Seabold requested the Company to issue all 103,663 shares directly to Elizabeth Sugarman, and such shares were so issued by the Company to Elizabeth Sugarman.

Approval of the CS Call Option, Merger Agreement and Merger. All decisions and actions with respect to the exercise of the CS Agreement Option, the Merger Agreement and the Merger (including without limitation the determination of the Merger Consideration and the other material terms of the Merger Agreement) fall under the purview and authority of special committees of the Board of Directors of each of the Company and the Bank, which are each composed exclusively of independent, disinterested directors of such Boards of Directors, with the assistance of outside financial and legal advisors. Mr. Sugarman abstained from the vote of each of the Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank to approve the Merger Agreement and the Merger.

Transaction Involving Halle Benett. On May 21, 2014, the Company issued 5,150,000 shares of its Voting Common Stock in an underwritten public offering and 772,500 shares of Voting Common Stock upon the exercise in full by the underwriters of the underwritten public offering of their 30-day over-allotment option. Halle Benett, a director of the Company and the Bank, became employed on April 1, 2014 as a Managing Director and Co-head of the Diversified Financials Group at Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a Stifel company. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., acted as one of the underwriters of the public offering and estimated that it will receive gross underwriting fees and commissions from the Company of approximately $520,644 for its services as an underwriter.

Transaction Involving Former Chairman Timothy R. Chrisman. On May 15, 2014, the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company approved a strategic advisor agreement of Chrisman & Co., pursuant to which Timothy R. Chrisman would provide strategic advisory services for the Company. On May 15, 2014, Mr. Chrisman retired from the Company Board upon expiration of the term of his directorship after the Company’s 2014 Annual Meeting of shareholders. The initial term of the strategic advisor agreement is for a period of one year and, thereafter, the agreement may be extended on a month-to-month basis. For services performed during the initial term, a fixed annual advisory fee of $200,000 will be paid to Chrisman & Co.

Transaction with TCW Shared Opportunity Fund V, L.P., a Greater than 5 percent Shareholder as of December 31, 2013. TCW Shared Opportunity Fund V, L.P. (TCW) initially became a holder of the Company’s Voting Common Stock and non-voting common stock (Non-Voting Common Stock) as a lead investor in the November 2010 recapitalization of the Company (the Recapitalization). In connection with its investment in the Recapitalization, TCW also was issued by the Company an immediately exercisable five-year warrant (the TCW Warrant) to purchase 240,000 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock or, to the extent provided therein, shares of Voting Common Stock in lieu of Non-Voting Common Stock. TCW was issued shares of Non-Voting Common Stock in the Recapitalization because at that time, a controlling interest in TCW Asset Management Company, the investment manager to TCW, was held by a foreign banking organization, and in order to prevent TCW from being considered a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, the number of shares of Voting Common Stock it purchased in the Recapitalization had to be limited to 4.99 percent of the total number of shares of Voting Common Stock outstanding immediately following the Recapitalization. For the same reason, the TCW Warrant could be exercised by TCW for Voting Common Stock in lieu of Non-Voting Common Stock only to the extent TCW’s percentage ownership of the Voting Common Stock at the time of exercise would be less than 4.99 percent as a result of dilution occurring from additional issuances of Voting Common Stock subsequent to the Recapitalization.

 

52


Table of Contents

In 2013, the foreign banking organization sold its controlling interest in TCW Asset Management Company, eliminating the need to limit TCW’s percentage ownership of the Voting Common Stock to 4.99 percent. As a result, on May 29, 2013, the Company and TCW entered into a Common Stock Share Exchange Agreement, dated May 29, 2013 (Exchange Agreement), pursuant to which TCW may from time to time exchange its shares of Non-Voting Common Stock for shares of Voting Common Stock issued by the Company on a share-for-share basis, provided that immediately following any such exchange, TCW’s percentage ownership of Voting Common Stock does not exceed 9.99 percent. The shares of Non-Voting Common Stock that may be exchanged by TCW pursuant to the Exchange Agreement include the shares of Non-Voting Common Stock it purchased in the Recapitalization, the additional shares of Non-Voting Common Stock TCW acquired subsequent to the Recapitalization (and may in the future acquire) pursuant to the Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan and any additional shares of Non-Voting Common Stock that TCW acquires pursuant to its exercise of the TCW Warrant.

On June 3, 2013, TCW exchanged 550,000 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock for the same number of shares of Voting Common Stock. As a result of that exchange and based on a Schedule 13-F and 13-G TCW filed with the SEC during the first quarter of 2014, the Company believes that as of December 31, 2013 TCW held 1,078,250 shares of Voting Common Stock and 466,830 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock, plus the TCW Warrant under which up to 240,000 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock may be issued upon exercise and may thereafter be exchanged for shares of Voting Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.

Securities Purchase Agreement with Patriot Financial Partners, L.P. and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel, L.P., a Greater than 5 percent Shareholder. As reported in a Schedule 13-D filed by with the SEC on December 10, 2013, Patriot Financial Partners, L.P and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel, L.P. (Patriot) hold 1,509,450 shares of the Company’s Voting Common Stock. On April 22, 2014, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (SPA) with Patriot pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell shares of Voting Common Stock to Patriot at a price (Per Share Purchase Price) of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment in the event the Company sells shares of Voting Common Stock in certain circumstances at a lower price prior to the closing of the pending acquisition of certain branches of Banco Popular North America by the Bank. The Company agreed to sell a number of shares of Voting Common Stock to Patriot equal to $10,000,000 divided by the Per Share Purchase Price; provided that Patriot may purchase additional shares so that the percentage of the outstanding Voting Common Stock owned by Patriot immediately following the closing of the investment contemplated by its SPA will equal 9.9%. Based on the Voting Common Stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014 and based on Patriot becoming a 9.9% holder, the Company has calculated that the aggregate shares of Voting Common Stock to be issued to Patriot will be approximately 1,641,146 shares and, thereafter, the aggregate shares of Voting Common Stock held by Patriot will be approximately 3,150,596 shares, which includes the 1,641,146 newly issued shares and 1,509,450 shares of Voting Common Stock the Company believes is currently held by Patriot.

NOTE 19 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has evaluated subsequent events through the date of issuance of the financial data included herein. There have been no subsequent events occurred during such period that would require disclosure in this report or would be required to be recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) as of June 30, 2014.

 

53


Table of Contents
ITEM 2 – MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and general practices within the banking industry. Within these financial statements, certain financial information contains approximate measurements of financial effects of transactions and impacts at the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition dates and our results of operations for the reporting period. As certain accounting policies require significant estimates and assumptions that have a material impact on the carrying value of assets and liabilities, we have established critical accounting policies to facilitate making the judgment necessary to prepare financial statements. Our critical accounting policies are described in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” and in the “Critical Accounting Policies” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, “Significant Accounting Policies” in this Form 10-Q.

 

54


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents certain selected financial data as of or for the periods indicated:

 

     As of or For the Three Months
Ended June 30,
    As of or For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2014     2013     2014     2013  
     ($ in thousands, except per share data)  

Selected financial condition data:

        

Total assets

   $ 4,386,522      $ 2,535,114      $ 4,386,522      $ 2,535,114   

Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance

     2,579,586        1,597,367        2,579,586        1,597,367   

Loans held for sale

     1,095,741        257,949        1,095,741        257,949   

Securities available-for-sale

     233,013        106,751        233,013        106,751   

Cash and cash equivalents

     258,051        462,335        258,051        462,335   

Deposits

     3,347,355        2,109,831        3,347,355        2,109,831   

Total borrowings

     546,481        127,127        546,481        127,127   

Total equity

     439,318        268,485        439,318        268,485   

Average balances:

        

Average interest-earning assets

   $ 3,858,772      $ 2,204,574      $ 3,714,235      $ 1,944,529   

Average interest-bearing liabilities

     3,175,424        1,909,023        3,060,109        1,658,692   

Total average assets

     4,034,447        2,301,382        3,882,154        2,027,690   

Total average equity

     385,098        203,873        357,511        197,921   

Selected operations data:

        

Total interest income

   $ 43,634      $ 26,741      $ 86,410      $ 45,909   

Total interest expense

     8,059        5,116        15,650        8,925   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     2,108        1,918        4,037        4,086   

Total non-interest income

     35,372        26,072        60,650        44,000   

Total non-interest expense

     60,465        39,594        118,233        69,152   

Income before income taxes

     8,374        6,185        9,140        7,746   

Income tax expense

     253        1,822        262        2,454   

Net income

     8,121        4,363        8,878        5,292   

Dividends paid on preferred stock

     910        —          1,820        288   

Net income available to common shareholders

     7,211        4,363        7,058        5,004   

Basic earnings per total common share

   $ 0.27      $ 0.35      $ 0.30      $ 0.41   

Diluted earnings per total common share

   $ 0.27      $ 0.34      $ 0.30      $ 0.40   

Performance ratios:

        

Return on average assets

     0.81     0.76     0.46     0.53

Return on average equity

     8.46     8.58     5.01     5.39

Dividend payout ratio (1)

     44.44     34.29     80.00     58.54

Interest rate spread information:

        

Net interest spread

     3.52     3.80     3.66     3.67

Net interest margin (2)

     3.70     3.93     3.84     3.84

Ratio of operating expense to average total assets

     6.01     6.90     6.14     6.88

Efficiency ratio (3)

     85.23     83.01     89.97     85.39

Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     121.52     115.48     121.38     117.23

Credit quality:

        

Nonperforming assets to total assets

     0.96     0.42     0.96     0.42

Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans (4)

     54.38     185.28     54.38     185.28

Allowance for loan and lease losses to gross loans (4)

     0.87     1.05     0.87     1.05

Nonperforming loans

   $ 41,611      $ 9,164      $ 41,611      $ 9,164   

Nonperforming assets

     42,216        10,701        42,216        10,701   

Capital ratios:

        

Equity to total assets at end of period

     10.02     10.59     10.02     10.59

Average equity to average assets

     9.55     8.86     9.21     9.76

 

(1) Dividends declared per common share divided by basic earnings per share.
(2) Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets
(3) Efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense as a percentage of net interest income plus noninterest income
(4) The allowance for loan and lease losses were $22.6 million and $17.0 million at June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

55


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

This overview of management’s discussion and analysis highlights selected information in the financial results of the Company and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of trends, commitments, uncertainties, liquidity, capital resources and critical accounting policies and estimates, you should carefully read this entire document. Each of these items could have an impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Banc of California, Inc. is a financial holding company and the parent of Banc of California, National Association, a national bank (the Bank), the Palisades Group, LLC, an SEC-registered investment advisor (TPG), and PTB Property Holdings, LLC, an entity formed to hold real estate, cash and fixed income investments (PTB). Prior to October 11, 2013, Banc of California, Inc. was a multi-bank holding company with two banking subsidiaries, Pacific Trust Bank, a federal savings bank (PacTrust Bank or Pacific Trust Bank) and The Private Bank of California (Beach Business Bank prior to July 1, 2013). On October 11, 2013, Banc of California, Inc. became a one-bank holding company when Pacific Trust Bank converted from a federal savings bank to a national bank and changed its name to Banc of California, National Association, and immediately thereafter The Private Bank of California was merged into Banc of California, National Association. On January 17, 2014, Banc of California, Inc. became a financial holding company.

The Company was incorporated under Maryland law in March 2002, and in July 2013, the Company changed its name from “First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc.” to “Banc of California, Inc.” and, as noted above, in October 2013, the Company’s subsidiary banks merged to form a single, national bank subsidiary under the name Banc of California, National Association. The Bank has one wholly owned subsidiary, CS Financial, Inc., which was acquired on October 31, 2013.

Banc of California, Inc. is subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Federal Reserve Board or FRB), and the Bank is subject to regulation primarily by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC). As a financial holding company, Banc of California, Inc. may engage in activities permissible for bank holding companies and may engage in other activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature, primarily securities, insurance and merchant banking activities.

The Bank offers a variety of financial services to meet the banking and financial needs of the communities we serve. The Bank is headquartered in Orange County, California and as of June 30, 2014, the Bank operated 17 branches in San Diego, Orange, and Los Angeles Counties in California and 60 producing loan production offices in California, Arizona, Oregon, Montana, Virginia, North Carolina, Colorado, Indiana, and Maryland.

The principal business of the Bank consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public and investing these funds primarily in commercial, consumer and real estate secured loans. The Bank solicits deposits in its market area and, to a lesser extent, from institutional depositors nationwide and may accept brokered deposits.

The Bank’s deposit product and service offerings include checking, savings, money market, certificates of deposit, retirement accounts as well as mobile, online, cash and treasury management, card payment services, remote deposit, ACH origination, employer/employee retirement planning, telephone banking, automated bill payment, electronic statements, safe deposit boxes, direct deposit and wire transfers. Bank customers also have the ability to access their accounts through a nationwide network of over 30,000 surcharge-free ATMs.

2014 Highlights

 

   

Completed underwritten public offerings of common stock for gross proceeds of $57.9 million and 8.00% tangible equity units for gross proceeds of $69.0 million on May 21, 2014.

 

   

Announced a pending acquisition of Banco Popular’s California branch network on April 22, 2014.

 

   

Completed the acquisition of RenovationReady® on January 31, 2014.

 

   

Total interest and dividend income for the three months ended June 30, 2014 increased by $16.9 million, or 63.2 percent, to $43.6 million from $26.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, total interest and dividend income increased by $40.5 million, or 88.2 percent, to $86.4 million from $45.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

 

56


Table of Contents
   

Net interest margin was 3.70 percent and 3.93 percent for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and 3.84 percent for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

 

   

Net interest income for the three months ended June 30, 2014 increased by $14.0 million, or 64.5 percent, to $35.6 million from $21.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, net interest income increased by $33.8 million, or 91.3 percent, to $70.8 million from $37.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

 

   

Noninterest income for the three months ended June 30, 2014 increased by $9.3 million, or 35.7 percent, to $35.4 million from $26.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, noninterest income increased by $16.7 million, or 37.8 percent, to $60.7 million from $44.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The Company recognized net gain on mortgage banking activities of $26.1 million and $20.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

 

   

Noninterest expense for the three months ended June 30, 2014 increased by $20.9 million, or 52.7 percent, to $60.5 million from $39.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, noninterest expense increased by $49.1 million, or 71.0 percent, to $118.2 million from $69.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase relates predominantly to a higher salaries and employee benefits expense related to increased headcount as a result of growth and the acquisitions the Company completed during 2013.

 

   

Total assets increased by $758.5 million, or 20.9 percent, to $4.39 billion at June 30, 2014 from $3.63 billion at December 31, 2013, due primarily to an increase in loans held for sale and an increase in cash and cash equivalents. Average total assets increased to $4.03 billion and $3.88 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively, from $2.30 billion and $2.03 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively.

 

   

Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance for loan and lease losses, increased by $152.3 million, or 6.3 percent, to $2.58 billion at June 30, 2014 from $2.43 billion at December 31, 2013 as a result of increased loan production. Loans held for sale increased $379.0 million, 52.9 percent, to $1.10 billion at June 30, 2014 from $716.7 million at December 31, 2013 due to more originations than sales during the year. Average gross loans and leases increased to $3.55 billion and $3.42 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively, from $1.84 billion and $1.63 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively.

 

   

Total deposits increased by $428.7 million, or 14.7 percent, to $3.35 billion at June 30, 2014 from $2.92 billion at December 31, 2013. Average total deposits increased to $3.28 billion and $3.15 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively, from $1.94 billion and $1.67 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively.

 

57


Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table presents condensed statements of operations for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014      2013      2014      2013  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Interest and dividend income

   $ 43,634       $ 26,741       $ 86,410       $ 45,909   

Interest expense

     8,059         5,116         15,650         8,925   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     35,575         21,625         70,760         36,984   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     2,108         1,918         4,037         4,086   

Noninterest income

     35,372         26,072         60,650         44,000   

Noninterest expense

     60,465         39,594         118,233         69,152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     8,374         6,185         9,140         7,746   

Income tax expense

     253         1,822         262         2,454   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

     8,121         4,363         8,878         5,292   

Preferred stock dividends

     910         —           1,820         288   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 7,211       $ 4,363       $ 7,058       $ 5,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 0.27       $ 0.35       $ 0.30       $ 0.41   

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 0.27       $ 0.35       $ 0.30       $ 0.41   

Basic earnings per class B common share

   $ 0.27       $ 0.35       $ 0.30       $ 0.41   

Diluted earnings per class B common share

   $ 0.25       $ 0.29       $ 0.24       $ 0.36   

For the three months ended June 30, 2014, the Company recorded net income of $8.1 million, an increase of $3.8 million over net income of $4.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. Preferred stock dividends were $910 thousand and $0 for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and net income available to common shareholders was $7.2 million and $4.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company recorded net income of $8.9 million, an increase of $3.6 million over net income of $5.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. Preferred stock dividends were $1.8 million and $288 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and net income available to common shareholders was $7.1 million and $5.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

58


Table of Contents

Net Interest Income

The following table presents interest income, average interest-earning assets, interest expense, average interest-bearing liabilities, and their correspondent yields and costs expressed both in dollars and rates for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013:

 

     Three Months Ended June 30,  
     2014     2013  
     Average
Balance
    Interest      Yield/
Cost
    Average
Balance
    Interest      Yield/
Cost
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

              

Gross loans and leases (1)

   $ 3,553,693      $ 42,077         4.75   $ 1,843,645      $ 26,153         5.69

Securities

     168,230        993         2.37     102,880        369         1.44

Other interest-earning assets (2)

     136,849        564         1.65     258,049        219         0.34
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets

     3,858,772        43,634         4.54     2,204,574        26,741         4.87

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (20,567          (16,546     

BOLI and non-interest earning assets (3)

     196,242             113,354        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 4,034,447           $ 2,301,382        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Interest-bearing liabilities:

              

Savings

   $ 990,894        2,425         0.98   $ 567,313        536         0.38

Interest-bearing checking

     660,341        1,864         1.13     265,974        551         0.83

Money market

     603,917        639         0.42     371,989        1,140         1.23

Certificates of deposit

     600,498        1,143         0.76     574,158        1,076         0.75

FHLB advances

     226,429        99         0.18     45,165        58         0.52

Long-term debt and other interest-bearing liabilities

     93,345        1,889         8.12     84,424        1,755         8.34
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     3,175,424        8,059         1.02     1,909,023        5,116         1.07

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     428,221             158,730        

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

     45,704             29,756        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities

     3,649,349             2,097,509        

Total shareholders’ equity

     385,098             203,873        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 4,034,447           $ 2,301,382        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Net interest income/spread

     $ 35,575         3.52     $ 21,625         3.80
           

 

 

    

Net interest margin (4)

          3.70          3.93

Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

     121.52          115.48     

 

(1) Gross loans and leases are net of deferred fees, related direct cost and discounts, but exclude the allowance for loan and lease losses. Non-accrual loans and leases are included in the average balance. Loan (costs) fees of $(14) thousand and $229 thousand and accretion of discount on purchased loans of $8.9 million and $5.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, are included in the interest income.
(2) Includes average balance of FHLB stock at cost and average time deposits with other financial institutions
(3) Includes average balance of bank-owned life insurance of $18.9 million and $18.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively
(4) Annualized net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets

 

59


Table of Contents

The following table presents interest income, average interest-earning assets, interest expense, average interest-bearing liabilities, and their correspondent yields and costs expressed both in dollars and rates for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2014     2013  
     Average
Balance
    Interest      Yield/
Cost
    Average
Balance
    Interest      Yield/
Cost
 

Interest-earning assets:

              

Gross loans and leases (1)

   $ 3,422,420      $ 83,607         4.93   $ 1,630,552      $ 44,690         5.53

Securities

     165,633        1,917         2.33     109,955        867         1.59

Other interest-earning assets (2)

     126,182        886         1.42     204,022        352         0.35
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets

     3,714,235        86,410         4.69     1,944,529        45,909         4.76

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (19,983          (15,898     

BOLI and non-interest earning assets (3)

     187,902             99,059        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 3,882,154           $ 2,027,690        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Interest-bearing liabilities:

              

Savings

   $ 978,695        4,942         1.02   $ 401,258        861         0.43

Interest-bearing checking

     626,919        3,515         1.13     195,158        718         0.74

Money market

     559,769        1,275         0.46     334,061        1,496         0.90

Certificates of deposit

     559,609        2,074         0.75     593,096        2,227         0.76

FHLB advances

     242,928        199         0.17     50,044        121         0.49

Long-term debt and other interest-bearing liabilities

     92,189        3,645         7.97     85,075        3,502         8.30
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     3,060,109        15,650         1.03     1,658,692        8,925         1.09

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     422,181             150,684        

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

     42,353             20,393        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities

     3,524,643             1,829,769        

Total shareholders’ equity

     357,511             197,921        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 3,882,154           $ 2,027,690        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Net interest income/spread

     $ 70,760         3.66     $ 36,984         3.67
    

 

 

        

 

 

    

Net interest margin (4)

          3.84          3.84

Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

     121.38          117.23     

 

(1) Gross loans and leases are net of deferred fees, related direct cost and discounts, but exclude the allowance for loan and lease losses. Non-accrual loans and leases are included in the average balance. Loan fees of $155 thousand and $473 thousand and accretion of discount on purchased loans of $19.3 million and $8.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, are included in the interest income.
(2) Includes average balance of FHLB stock at cost and average time deposits with other financial institutions
(3) Includes average balance of bank-owned life insurance of $18.9 million and $18.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively
(4) Annualized net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets

 

60


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table presents the changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Information is provided on changes attributable to (1) changes in volume multiplied by the prior rate, and (2) changes in rate multiplied by the prior volume. Changes attributable to both rate and volume which cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.

 

     Three Months Ended June 30,
2014 vs. 2013
    Six Months Ended June 30,
2014 vs. 2013
 
     Increase (Decrease)
Due to
    Net
Increase
    Increase (Decrease)
Due to
    Net
Increase
 
     Volume     Rate     (Decrease)     Volume     Rate     (Decrease)  
     (In thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

            

Gross loans and leases

   $ 20,855      $ (4,931   $ 15,924      $ 44,254      $ (5,337   $ 38,917   

Securities

     309        315        624        546        504        1,050   

Other interest-earning assets

     (146     491        345        (180     714        534   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     21,018        (4,125     16,893        44,620        (4,119     40,501   

Interest-bearing liabilities:

            

Savings

     604        1,285        1,889        2,103        1,978        4,081   

Interest-bearing checking

     1,055        258        1,313        2,262        535        2,797   

Money market

     484        (985     (501     723        (944     (221

Certificates of deposit

     50        17        67        (124     (29     (153

FHLB advances

     101        (60     41        203        (125     78   

Long-term debt and other interest-bearing liabilities

     182        (48     134        285        (142     143   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     2,476        467        2,943        5,452        1,273        6,725   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

   $ 18,542      $ (4,592   $ 13,950      $ 39,168      $ (5,392   $ 33,776   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2014 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2013

Net interest income was $35.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $14.0 million, or 64.5 percent, from $21.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The growth in net interest income from prior periods was largely due to higher interest income from loans partially offset by higher interest expense on deposits.

Interest income on total loans and leases was $42.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $15.9 million, or 60.9 percent, from $26.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increase in loan interest income was driven by a $1.71 billion increase in total average gross loans and leases as a result of acquired loans from the PBOC acquisition of $385.3 million, purchases of a seasoned SFR mortgage loan pool of $477.3 million, and increases in residential mortgage loans held for sale.

Interest income on securities was $993 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $624 thousand, or 169.1 percent, from $369 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increases were mainly due to acquired securities from the PBOC acquisition of $219.3 million and purchases of $130.2 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 to reduce excess liquidity from the common stock and tangible equity units offerings during that period.

Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits was $6.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $2.8 million, or 83.8 percent, from $3.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increase in average balance was mainly due to acquired interest-bearing deposits from the PBOC acquisition of $325.8 million and deposits generated through strategic plans aiming to increase core deposits by launching interest-bearing core deposit products with enhanced features to attract high net worth depositors, partially offset by $464.3 million of deposits sold to AWB. The increase in average cost was due to the higher interest rates on those deposits generated through strategic plans.

Interest expense on FHLB advances was $99 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $41 thousand, or 70.7 percent, from $58 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to an increase of $181.3 million in average balance, partially offset by a decrease in average rate resulting from the replacement of matured long-term advances with short-term advances.

Interest expense on long-term debt and other interest-bearing was $1.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $134 thousand, or 7.6 percent, from $1.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to the utilization of federal funds sold and repurchase agreements and additional interest expense incurred on the Amortizing Notes issued as part of the tangible equity units.

 

61


Table of Contents

Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

Net interest income was $70.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $33.8 million, or 91.3 percent, from $37.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The growth in net interest income from prior periods was largely due to higher interest income from loans partially offset by higher interest expense on deposits.

Interest income on total loans and leases was $83.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $38.9 million, or 87.1 percent, from $44.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase in loan interest income was driven by a $1.79 billion increase in total average gross loans and leases as a result of acquired loans from the PBOC acquisition of $385.3 million, purchases of the seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools of $477.3 million, and increases in residential mortgage loans held for sale.

Interest income on securities was $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $1.1 million, or 121.1 percent, from $867 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increases were mainly due to acquired securities from the PBOC acquisition of $219.3 million and purchases of $153.9 million, partially offset by sales, calls, pay offs, and pay-downs of $247.8 million.

Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits was $11.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $6.5 million, or 122.7 percent, from $5.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase in average balance was mainly due to acquired interest-bearing deposits from the PBOC acquisition of $325.8 million and deposits generated through strategic plans aiming to increase core deposits by launching interest-bearing core deposit products with enhanced features to attract high net worth depositors, partially offset by $464.3 million of deposits sold to AWB. The increase in average cost was due to the higher interest rates on those deposits generated through strategic plans.

Interest expense on FHLB advances was $199 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $78 thousand, or 64.5 percent, from $121 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to an increase of $192.9 million in average balance, partially offset by a decrease in average rate resulting from the replacement of matured long-term advances with short-term advances.

Interest expense on long-term debt and other interest-bearing was $3.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $143 thousand, or 4.1 percent, from $3.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to the utilization of federal funds sold and repurchase agreements and additional interest expense incurred on the Amortizing Debt from tangible equity units.

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

Provisions for loan and lease losses are charged to operations at a level required to reflect probable incurred credit losses in the loan and lease portfolio. The Company provided $2.1 million and $1.9 million, respectively, for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, and $4.0 million and $4.1 million, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, to its provision for loan and lease losses.

On a quarterly basis, the Company evaluates the PCI loans and the loan pools for potential impairment. The Company provided $125 thousand and $559 thousand, respectively, for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, and $125 thousand and $998 thousand, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, to the provision for loan losses for the PCI loans. The provision for losses on PCI loans is the result of changes in expected cash flows, both amount and timing, due to loan payments and the Company’s revised loss forecasts. The revisions of the loss forecasts were based on the results of management’s review of the credit quality of the outstanding loans/loan pools and the analysis of the loan performance data since the acquisition of these loans. The Company will continue updating cash flow projections on PCI loans on a quarterly basis. Due to the uncertainty in the future performance of the PCI loans, additional impairments may be recognized in the future.

See further discussion in Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis - Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.

 

62


Table of Contents

Noninterest Income

The following table presents the breakdown of non-interest income for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended June 30,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2014      2013      2014      2013  
     (In thousands)  

Customer service fees

   $ 356       $ 509       $ 609       $ 1,055   

Loan servicing income

     774         458         2,027         646   

Income from bank owned life insurance

     56         50         103         88   

Net gain on sale of securities available for sale

     15         1         522         309   

Net gain on sale of loans

     3,038         3,724         5,641         4,036   

Net gain on mortgage banking activities

     26,133         20,261         43,457         36,631   

Other income

     5,000         1,069         8,291         1,235   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

   $ 35,372       $ 26,072       $ 60,650       $ 44,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2014 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2013

Noninterest income was $35.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $9.3 million, or 35.7 percent, from $26.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increase in noninterest income relates predominantly to increases in net gain on mortgage banking activities, other income, and loan servicing income, partially offset by less net gain on sale of loans.

Customer service fees were $356 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2014, a decrease of $153 thousand, or 30.1 percent, from $509 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease was due mainly to the reduction in the number of customer deposit accounts as a result of the AWB branch sale in the fourth quarter of 2013.

Loan servicing income was $774 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $316 thousand, or 69.0 percent, from $458 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to larger servicing unpaid principal balances as well as a sale of mortgage servicing rights during the three months ended June 30, 2014.

Net gain on the sale of loans was $3.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, a decrease of $686 thousand, or 18.4 percent, from $3.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease was due to a large loan sale of seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools with a $3.4 million gain during the three months ended June 30, 2013, partially offset by larger sales of jumbo mortgages during the three months ended June 30, 2014. During the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company sold $223.7 million and $24.4 million, respectively, of jumbo mortgages and recognized gains on sale of $2.1 million and $222 thousand, respectively,

During the three months ended June 30, 2014, the Bank originated $715.1 million and sold $651.0 million of conforming single family residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The net gain and margin were $23.2 million and 3.25 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $2.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014. Included in the net gain is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $5.9 million on loans sold to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae for the three ended June 30, 2014. During the three months ended June 30, 2013, the Bank originated $534.8 million and sold $397.4 million of conforming single family residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The net gain and margin were $17.5 million and 3.27 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $2.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. Included in the net gain is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $1.8 million on loans sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013.

Other income was $5.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $3.9 million, or 367.7 percent, from $1.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increase is mainly due to additional broker fee income generated from non-bank subsidiaries that were acquired in the second half of 2013.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

Noninterest income was $60.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $16.7 million, or 37.8 percent, from $44.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase in noninterest income relates predominantly to increases in net gain on mortgage banking activities, other income, net gain on sale of loans, and loan servicing income, partially offset by less customer service fees.

 

63


Table of Contents

Customer service fees were $609 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2014, a decrease of $446 thousand, or 42.3 percent, from $1.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease was due mainly to the reduction in the number of customer deposit accounts as a result of the AWB branch sale in the fourth quarter of 2013.

Loan servicing income was $2.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $1.4 million, or 213.8 percent, from $646 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to an increase in the valuation of the Company’s MSR as a result of the pending sale of a portion of the Company’s servicing portfolio.

Net gain on sales of securities available for sale was $522 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $213 thousand, or 68.9 percent, from $309 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2013. During the six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company sold a portion of its securities, which led to higher realized gains during the quarter.

Net gain on the sale of loans was $5.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $1.6 million, or 39.8 percent, from $4.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due to larger sales of jumbo mortgages during the six months ended June 30, 2014, partially offset by a large sale of seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools with a $3.4 million gain during the six months ended June 30, 2013. During the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company sold $320.4 million and $43.8 million, respectively, of jumbo mortgages and recognized gains on sale of $3.0 million and $396 thousand, respectively.

During the six months ended June 30, 2014, the Bank originated $1.23 billion and sold $1.18 billion of conforming single family residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The net gain and margin were $38.4 million and 3.13 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $5.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. Included in the net gain is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $10.7 million on loans sold to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae for the six months ended June 30, 2014. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Bank originated $867.6 million and sold $729.0 million of conforming single family residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. The net gain and margin were $32.1 million and 3.70 percent, respectively, and loan origination fees were $4.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. Included in the net gain is the initial capitalized value of our MSRs, which totaled $2.6 million, on loans sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Other income was $8.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $7.1 million, or 571.3 percent, from $1.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase is mainly due to additional broker fee income generated from non-bank subsidiaries that were acquired in the second half of 2013.

Noninterest Expense

The following table presents the breakdown of non-interest expense for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2014      2013     2014      2013  
     (In thousands)  

Salaries and employee benefits, excluding commissions

   $ 29,784       $ 18,971      $ 57,634       $ 34,278   

Commissions for mortgage banking activities

     9,346         6,340        16,177         10,113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

     39,130         25,311        73,811         44,391   

Occupancy and equipment

     7,425         3,630        15,962         6,823   

Professional fees

     3,528         2,947        7,393         5,244   

Data processing

     1,270         1,365        2,061         2,275   

Advertising

     710         890        1,785         1,412   

Regulatory assessments

     1,046         211        1,987         592   

Loan servicing and foreclosure expense

     175         148        350         352   

Operating loss on equity investment

     161         131        335         290   

Valuation allowance for other real estate owned

     —           —          —           79   

Net (gain) loss on sales of other real estate owned

     —           (37     —           (151

Provision for loan repurchases

     330         732        901         988   

Amortization of intangible assets

     944         367        1,883         734   

All other expense

     5,746         3,899        11,765         6,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   $ 60,465       $ 39,594      $ 118,233       $ 69,152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

Three Months Ended June 30, 2014 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2013

Noninterest expense was $60.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $20.9 million, or 52.7 percent, from $39.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increase in noninterest expense relates predominantly to the bank and non-bank acquisitions by the Company along with growth related to the mortgage banking strategy.

Total salaries and employee benefits including commissions was $39.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $13.8 million, or 54.6 percent, from $25.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to additional compensation expense related to an increase in the number of full-time employees resulting from the recent acquisitions, as well as expansion in mortgage banking activities, primarily at Banc Home Loans. Commission expense, which is a loan origination variable expense, related to mortgage banking activities, totaled $9.3 million and $6.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Total originations of single family residential mortgage loans for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 totaled $715.1 million and $534.8 million, respectively.

Occupancy and equipment expenses was $7.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $3.8 million, or 104.5 percent, from $3.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to increased building and maintenance costs associated with new branch locations from the PBOC acquisition, additional facilities costs associated with the TPG and CS acquisitions, and new mortgage banking loan production offices.

Professional fees was $3.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $581 thousand, or 19.7 percent, from $2.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increases were mainly due to higher accounting, legal and consulting costs associated with the Company’s recent acquisitions and growth.

Advertising costs was $710 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2014, a decrease of $180 thousand, or 20.2 percent, from $890 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increases were mainly due to the overall expansion of the Company’s business footprint.

Regulatory assessment was $1.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $835 thousand, or 395.7 percent, from $211 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due to year-over-year balance sheet growth.

Provision for loan repurchases was $330 thousand and $732 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Additionally, the Company provided initial provision for loan repurchases of $638 thousand against net gain on mortgage banking activities during the three months ended June 30, 2014. The increase was mainly due to increased volume of mortgage loan originations at the Bank.

Amortization of intangible was $944 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $577 thousand, or 157.2 percent, from $367 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due to the amortization of PBOC core deposit intangibles that were acquired in the third quarter of last year.

Other expenses was $5.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $1.8 million, or 47.4 percent, from $3.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was mainly due to costs associated with the growth in mortgage banking activity and an increase in loan sub-servicing expenses due to the increase in loan portfolio.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

Noninterest expense was $118.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $49.1 million, or 71.0 percent, from $69.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase in noninterest expense relates predominantly to the bank and non-bank acquisitions by the Company along with growth related to the mortgage banking strategy.

Total salaries and employee benefits including commissions was $73.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $29.4 million, or 66.3 percent, from $44.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to additional compensation expense related to an increase in the number of full-time employees resulting from the recent acquisitions, as well as expansion in mortgage banking activities, primarily at Banc Home Loans. Commission expense, which is a loan origination variable expense related to mortgage banking activities, totaled $16.2 million and $10.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Total originations of single family residential mortgage loans for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 were $1.23 billion and $867.6 million, respectively.

 

65


Table of Contents

Occupancy and equipment expenses were $16.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $9.1 million, or 133.9 percent, from $6.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due mainly to increased building and maintenance costs associated with new branch locations from the PBOC acquisition, additional facilities costs associated with the TPG and CS Financial acquisitions, and new mortgage banking loan production offices.

Professional fees were $7.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $2.1 million, or 41.0 percent, from $5.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increases were mainly due to higher accounting, legal and consulting costs associated with the Company’s recent acquisitions and growth.

Advertising costs were $1.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $373 thousand, or 26.4 percent, from $1.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increases were mainly due to the overall expansion of the Company’s business footprint.

Regulatory assessment was $2.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $1.4 million, or 235.6 percent, from $592 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due to year-over-year balance sheet growth.

Provision for loan repurchases was $901 thousand and $988 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Additionally, the Company provided initial provision for loan repurchases of $638 thousand against net gain on mortgage banking activities during the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase was mainly due to increased volume of mortgage loan originations at the Bank.

Amortization of intangible was $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $1.1 million, or 156.5 percent, from $734 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due to the amortization of PBOC core deposit intangibles that were acquired in the third quarter of last year.

Other expenses were $11.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $5.6 million, or 92.1 percent, from $6.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was mainly due to costs associated with the growth in mortgage banking activity and an increase in loan sub-servicing expenses due to the increase in loan portfolio.

Income Tax Expense

For the three months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, income tax expense was $253 thousand and $1.8 million, respectively, and the effective tax rate was 3.0 percent and 29.5 percent, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, income tax expense was $262 thousand and $2.5 million, respectively, and the effective tax rate was 2.9 percent and 31.7 percent, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate decreased due to the release of a portion of the valuation allowance established in 2013. Due to the inability to reliably estimate the income for the year, the Company has used the year to date effective tax rate as the best estimate of the annual effective tax rate, under ASC 740-270-30.

The Company accounts for income taxes by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities based upon temporary differences between the amounts for financial reporting purposes and tax basis of its assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that a portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management evaluates both positive and negative evidence, including the existence of any cumulative losses in the current year and the prior two years, the amount of taxes paid in available carry-back years, the forecasts of future income, applicable tax planning strategies, and assessments of current and future economic and business conditions. This analysis is updated quarterly and adjusted as necessary. As of June 30, 2014, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $2.5 million, net of a $13.0 million valuation allowance and as of December 31, 2013, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $0, net of a $17.3 million valuation allowance.

The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 740-10-25 (formally FIN 48), which relates to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements on January 1, 2007. ASC 740-10-25 prescribes a threshold and a measurement process for recognizing in the financial statements a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $2.2 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly change in the next twelve months. As of June 30, 2014, the total unrecognized tax benefit that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate is $102 thousand. In the event we are assessed interest and/or penalties by federal or state tax authorities, such amounts will be classified in the consolidated financial statements as income tax expense. At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had $10 thousand accrued interest or penalties.

 

66


Table of Contents

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. Federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to examination by U.S. Federal taxing authorities for years before 2010 (except for Gateway Bancorp’s pre-acquisition federal tax return, which is currently under exam by the Internal Revenue Service for the 2008 and 2009 tax years). The Company is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011. The statute of limitations for the assessment of California Franchise taxes has expired for tax years before 2009 (other state income and franchise tax statutes of limitations vary by state).

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Total assets increased by $758.5 million, or 20.9 percent, to $4.39 billion at June 30, 2014, compared to $3.63 billion at December 31, 2013. The increase in total assets was due primarily to a $379.0 million increase in loans held for sale, a $147.9 million increase in cash and cash equivalents, a $63.0 million increase in securities available for sale and a $152.3 million increase in loans and lease receivable, net of allowance.

Investment Securities

The primary goal of our investment securities portfolio is to provide a relatively stable source of income while maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity. Investment securities provide a source of liquidity as collateral for repurchase agreements and for certain public funds deposits. Investment securities classified as available-for-sale are carried at their estimated fair values with the changes in fair values recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, as a component of shareholders’ equity. All investment securities have been classified as available-for-sale securities as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

Total investment securities available-for-sale increased by $63.0 million, or 37.0 percent, to $233.0 million at June 30, 2014, compared to $170.0 million at December 31, 2013, due to purchases of $131.4 million, partially offset by sales of $51.7 million, principal payments of $16.8 million, and calls and pay-offs of $1.1 million. Investment securities had a net unrealized gain of $113 thousand at June 30, 2014, compared to a net unrealized loss of $1.5 million at December 31, 2013.

The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of the dates indicated:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value  
     (In thousands)  

June 30, 2014:

          

Available for sale

          

SBA loan pools securities

   $ 1,749       $ 6       $ —        $ 1,755   

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

     1,934         36         —          1,970   

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     4,114         13         (18     4,109   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     225,103         879         (803     225,179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 232,900       $ 934       $ (821   $ 233,013   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2013:

          

Available for sale

          

SBA loan pools securities

   $ 1,794       $ —         $ (58   $ 1,736   

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

     1,928         —           (8     1,920   

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     14,653         135         (36     14,752   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     153,134         299         (1,819     151,614   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 171,509       $ 434       $ (1,921   $ 170,022   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of the available-for-sale securities portfolio by expected maturity. In the case of residential mortgage-backed securities and SBA loan pool securities, expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers generally have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. For that reason, mortgage-backed securities and SBA loan pool securities are not included in the maturity categories.

 

     June 30, 2014  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  
     (In thousands)  

Maturity:

     

Available for sale

     

Within one year

   $ —         $ —     

One to five years

     —           —     

Five to ten years

     1,934         1,970   

Greater than ten years

     —           —     

SBA loan pools, private label residential mortgage backed and agency mortgage-backed securities

     230,966         231,043   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 232,900       $ 233,013   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were no holdings of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10 percent of shareholders’ equity.

The following table presents proceeds from sales and calls of securities and the associated gross gains and losses realized through earnings upon the sale of available for sale securities for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2014      2013      2014     2013  
     (In thousands)  

Gross realized gains on sales of securities available for sale

   $ 15       $ 1       $ 560      $ 309   

Gross realized losses on sales of securities available for sale

     —           —           (38     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized gains on sales of securities available for sale

   $ 15       $ 1       $ 522      $ 309   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

   $ 1,272       $ 475       $ 52,245      $ 8,539   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax expense on sales of securities available for sale

   $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities available for sale with carrying values of $7.5 million and $63.0 million as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, were pledged to secure FHLB advances, public deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

 

68


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the investment securities with unrealized losses at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, by security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position:

 

     Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  
     Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
     (In thousands)  

June 30, 2014:

               

Available for sale

               

SBA loan pools securities

   $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —     

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

     —           —          —           —          —           —     

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     556         (12     1,688         (6     2,244         (18

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     77,343         (486     17,919         (317     95,262         (803
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 77,899       $ (498   $ 19,607       $ (323   $ 97,506       $ (821
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2013:

               

Available for sale

               

SBA loan pools securities

   $ 1,736       $ (58   $ —         $ —        $ 1,736       $ (58

U.S. government-sponsored entities and agency securities

     1,920         (8     —           —          1,920         (8

Private label residential mortgage-backed securities

     2,064         (11     3,913         (25     5,977         (36

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     114,104         (1,790     1,821         (29     115,925         (1,819
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 119,824       $ (1,867   $ 5,734       $ (54   $ 125,558       $ (1,921
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company did not record other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) for securities available for sale for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

At June 30, 2014, the Company’s securities available for sale portfolio consisted of 86 securities, 47 of which were in an unrealized loss position. The unrealized losses are related to an overall increase in interest rates and a decrease in prepayment speeds of the agency mortgage-backed securities.

The Company’s private label residential mortgage-backed securities in unrealized loss positions had fair values of $2.2 million with unrealized losses of $18 thousand at June 30, 2014. The Company’s agency residential mortgage-backed securities in unrealized loss positions had fair values of $95.3 million with unrealized losses of $803 thousand at June 30, 2014. The Company’s private label residential mortgage-backed securities in unrealized loss positions had fair values of $6.0 million with unrealized losses of $36 thousand at December 31, 2013. The Company’s agency residential mortgage-backed securities in unrealized loss positions had fair values of $115.9 million with unrealized losses of $1.8 million at December 31, 2013.

The Company monitors to ensure it has adequate credit support and as of June 30, the Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is not likely that it will be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recoveries. Of the Company’s $233.0 million securities portfolio, $231.5 million were rated AAA, AA or A, and $1.5 million were rated BBB based on the most recent credit rating from the rating agencies as of June 30, 2014. The Company considers the lowest credit rating for identification of potential OTTI.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale totaled $1.10 billion at June 30, 2014 compared to $716.7 million at December 31, 2013. The loans held for sale consisted of $244.8 million and $192.6 million carried at fair value, respectively, and $851.0 million and $524.1 million carried at lower of cost or fair value, respectively, at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

The loans carried at fair value represent conforming single family residential mortgage loans originated by the Bank that are sold into the secondary market on a whole loan basis. Some of these loans are expected to be sold to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae on a servicing retained basis. The servicing of these loans is performed by a third party sub-servicer. These loans increased by $52.2 million to $244.8 million at June 30, 2014 due mainly to originations of $1.25 billion, partially offset by sales of $1.21 billion.

 

69


Table of Contents

Loans held for sale carried at the lower of cost or fair value are mainly non-conforming jumbo mortgage loans that are originated to sell in pools, unlike the loans individually originated to sell into the secondary market on a whole loan basis. These loans increased by $326.8 million to $851.0 million at June 30, 2014, due mainly to originations of $728.5 million, loans transferred from loans and leases held for investment of $62.0 million, and partially offset by sales of $332.0 million and other net amortizations and loans transferred back to loans and leases held for investment of $94.8 million.

Loans and Leases Receivable

The following table presents the composition of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio as of the dates indicated:

 

     June 30,
2014
    December 31,
2013
    Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     (In thousands)  

Commercial:

        

Commercial and industrial

   $ 368,540      $ 287,771      $ 80,769        28.1

Commercial real estate

     535,744        529,883        5,861        1.1

Multi-family

     234,179        141,580        92,599        65.4

SBA

     28,684        27,428        1,256        4.6

Constructions

     30,761        24,933        5,828        23.4

Lease financing

     57,754        31,949        25,805        80.8

Consumer:

        

Single family residential mortgage

     1,078,827        1,138,836        (60,009     -5.3

Green Loans (HELOC)—first liens

     133,986        147,705        (13,719     -9.3

Green Loans (HELOC)—second liens

     4,962        5,289        (327     -6.2

Other consumer

     128,776        110,737        18,039        16.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross loans and leases

     2,602,213        2,446,111        156,102        6.4

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (22,627     (18,805     (3,822     20.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loans and leases receivable, net

   $ 2,579,586      $ 2,427,306      $ 152,280        6.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Seasoned SFR Mortgage Loan Acquisitions

In 2014, the Company did not acquire any additional seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company completed five seasoned SFR mortgage loan pool acquisitions with unpaid principal balances and fair values of $1.02 billion and $849.9 million, respectively, at their respective acquisition dates. These loan pools had unpaid principal balance and fair values of $731.8 million and $644.8 million, respectively, at June 30, 2014. These loan pools generally consist of re-performing residential mortgage loans whose characteristics and payment history were consistent with borrowers that demonstrated a willingness and ability to remain in the residence pursuant to the current terms of the mortgage loan agreement. The Company was able to acquire these loans at a significant discount to both current property value at acquisition and note balance. The Company determined that certain loans in these seasoned SFR mortgage loan acquisitions reflect credit quality deterioration since origination and it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected. The unpaid principal balances and fair values of these loans at the respective dates of acquisition were $473.9 million and $342.1 million, respectively. At June 30, 2014, the unpaid principal balance and carrying value of these loans were $294.3 million and $240.4 million, respectively.

For each acquisition the Company was able to utilize its background in mortgage credit analysis to re-underwrite the borrower’s credit to arrive at what it believes to be an attractive risk adjusted return for a highly collateralized investment in performing mortgage loans. The acquisition program implemented and executed by the Company involved a multifaceted due diligence process that included compliance reviews, title analyses, review of modification agreements, updated property valuation assessments, collateral inventory and other undertakings related to the scope of due diligence. In aggregate, the purchase price of the loans was less than 61.1 percent of current property value at the time of acquisition based on a third party broker price opinion, and less than 83.1 percent of note balance at the time of acquisition. At the time of acquisition, approximately 86.3 percent of the mortgage loans by current principal balance (excluding any forbearance amounts) had the original terms modified at some point since origination by a prior owner or servicer. The mortgage loans had a current weighted average interest rate of 4.03 percent, determined by current principal balance. The weighted average credit score of the borrowers comprising the mortgage loans at or near the time of acquisition determined by current principal balance and excluding those with no credit score on file was 655. The average property value determined by a broker price opinion obtained by third party licensed real estate professionals at or around the time of acquisition was $292 thousand. Approximately 89.6 percent of the borrowers by current principal balance had made at least 12 monthly payments in the 12 months preceding the trade

 

70


Table of Contents

date (or, in some cases calculated as making 11 monthly payments in the 11 months preceding the trade date), and 94.0 percent had made nine monthly payments in the nine months preceding the trade date. The mortgage loans are secured by residences located in all 50 states and Washington DC, with California being the largest state concentration representing 37.4 percent of the note balance, and with no other state concentration exceeding 10.0 percent based upon the current note balance.

At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, approximately 5.51 percent and 5.63 percent of unpaid principal balance of these loans were delinquent 60 or more days, respectively, and 1.48 percent and 1.37 percent were in bankruptcy or foreclosure, respectively. During the three months ended June 30, 2014, delinquencies on seasoned SFR loan pools decreased due to a sale of a small portion of these loans.

As part of the acquisition program, the Company may sell from time to time seasoned SFR mortgage loans that do not meet the Company’s investment standards. The Company sold seasoned SFR mortgage loans with unpaid principal balances and carrying values of $2.9 million and $1.8 million, respectively, during the three months ended June 30, 2014 and $47.1 million and $33.0 million, respectively, during the six months ended June 30, 2014.

The following table presents the outstanding balance and carrying amount of PCI loans and leases as of dates indicated:

 

     June 30, 2014      December 31, 2013  
     Outstanding
Balance
     Carrying
Amount
     Outstanding
Balance
     Carrying
Amount
 
     (In thousands)  

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial

   $ 2,123       $ 1,429       $ 5,838       $ 4,028   

Commercial real estate

     17,001         14,576         17,682         15,014   

SBA

     4,573         3,420         4,940         3,688   

Consumer:

           

Single family residential mortgage

     364,305         284,083         414,341         314,820   

Other consumer

     1,931         1,549         2,134         1,736   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 389,933       $ 305,057       $ 444,935       $ 339,286   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Seasoned SFR Mortgage Loan Acquisition Due Diligence

The acquisition program implemented and executed by the Company involved a multifaceted due diligence process that included compliance reviews, title analyses, review of modification agreements, updated property valuation assessments, collateral inventory and other undertakings related to the scope of due diligence. Prior to acquiring mortgage loans, the Company, its affiliates, sub-advisors or due diligence partners typically will review the loan portfolio and conduct certain due diligence on a loan by loan basis according to its proprietary diligence plan. This due diligence encompasses analyzing the title, subordinate liens and judgments as well as a comprehensive reconciliation of current property value. The Company, its affiliates, and its sub-advisors prepare a customized version of its diligence plan for each mortgage loan pool being reviewed that is designed to address certain identified pool specific risks. The diligence plan generally reviews several factors, including but not limited to, obtaining and reconciling property value, confirming chain of titles, reviewing assignments, confirming lien position, confirming regulatory compliance, updating borrower credit, certifying collateral, and reviewing servicing notes. In certain transactions, a portion of the diligence may be provided by the seller. In those instances, the Company reviews the mortgage loan portfolio to confirm the accuracy of the provided diligence information and supplements as appropriate.

As part of the confirmation of property values in the diligence process, the Company conducts independent due diligence on the individual properties and borrowers prior to the acquisition of the mortgage loans. In addition, market conditions, regional mortgage loan information and local trends in home values, coupled with market knowledge, are used by the Company in calculating the appropriate additional risk discount to compensate for potential property declines, foreclosures, defaults or other risks associated with the mortgage loan portfolio to be acquired. Typically, the Company may enter into one or more agreements with affiliates or third parties to perform certain of these due diligence tasks with respect to acquiring potential mortgage loans.

 

71


Table of Contents

Non-Traditional Mortgage Portfolio

The Company’s non-traditional mortgage (NTM) portfolio is comprised of three interest only products: Green Account Loans (Green Loans), hybrid interest only fixed or adjustable rate mortgage (Interest Only) loans and a small number of additional loans with the potential for negative amortization. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the non-traditional mortgage loans totaled $321.6 million, or 12.4 percent of the total gross loan portfolio, and $309.6 million, or 12.7 percent of the total gross loan portfolio, respectively. Total NTM portfolio increased by $12.0 million, or 3.9 percent during the period. The following table presents the composition of the NTM portfolio as of the dates indicated:

The following table presents the composition of the NTM portfolio as of the dates indicated:

 

     June 30, 2014     December 31, 2013  
     Count      Amount     Percent     Count      Amount     Percent  
     ($ in thousand)  

Green Loans (HELOC)—first liens

     156       $ 133,986        41.7     173       $ 147,705        47.6

Interest-only—first liens

     210         168,141        52.2     244         139,867        45.2

Negative amortization

     33         14,368        4.5     37         16,623        5.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NTM—first liens

     399         316,495        98.4     454         304,195        98.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Green Loans (HELOC)—second liens

     20         4,962        1.5     23         5,289        1.7

Interest-only—second liens

     1         113        0.1     1         113        0.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NTM—second liens

     21         5,075        1.6     24         5,402        1.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total NTM loans

     420       $ 321,570        100.0     478       $ 309,597        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross loan portfolio

      $ 2,602,213           $ 2,446,111     

% of NTM to total gross loan portfolio

        12.4          12.7  

The initial credit guidelines for the non-traditional mortgage portfolio were established based on borrower Fair Isaac Company (FICO) score, loan-to-value (LTV), property type, occupancy type, loan amount, and geography. Additionally from an ongoing credit risk management perspective, the Company has determined that the most significant performance indicators for NTMs to be loan-to-value and FICO scores. On a semi-annual basis, the Company performs loan reviews of the NTM loan portfolio, which includes refreshing FICO scores on the Green Loans and HELOCs and ordering third party automated valuation models (AVM) to confirm collateral values.

LTV represents current unpaid principal balance divided by estimated property value. The following table presents the single family residential NTM first lien portfolio by LTV at the dates indicated:

 

    Green     Interest Only     Negative Amortization     Total  
    Count     Amount     Percent     Count     Amount     Percent     Count     Amount     Percent     Count     Amount     Percent  
    ($ in thousand)  

June 30, 2014:

                       

LTV’s (1)

                       

< 61

    83      $ 80,922        60.4     67      $ 85,050        50.5     15      $ 7,459        51.9     165      $ 173,431        54.7

61 – 80

    46        35,886        26.8     41        46,669        27.8     10        4,152        28.9     97        86,707        27.4

81 – 100

    22        12,725        9.5     38        15,474        9.2     7        2,356        16.4     67        30,555        9.7

> 100

    5        4,453        3.3     64        20,948        12.5     1        401        2.8     70        25,802        8.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    156      $ 133,986        100.0     210      $ 168,141        100.0     33      $ 14,368        100.0     399      $ 316,495        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2013:

                       

LTV’s (1)

                       

< 61

    90      $ 78,807        53.3     80      $ 65,181        46.6     13      $ 4,930        29.7     183      $ 148,918        49.0

61 – 80

    38        33,604        22.8     51        28,999        20.7     13        7,643        45.9     102        70,246        23.1

81 – 100

    26        14,917        10.1     43        21,474        15.4     8        3,277        19.7     77        39,668        13.0

> 100

    19        20,377        13.8     70        24,213        17.3     3        773        4.7     92        45,363        14.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    173      $ 147,705        100.0     244      $ 139,867        100.0     37      $ 16,623        100.0     454      $ 304,195        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
(1) LTV represents estimated current loan to value ratio, determined by dividing current unpaid principal balance by latest estimated property value received per the Company policy.

The decrease in Green Loans was due mainly to reductions in principal balance and payoffs and the increase in interest only was due to increased originations. During 2014, overall improvement on LTV of the Company’s single family residential NTM first lien portfolio was due to the improvement in the real estate market and the economy in Southern California. The Company updates LTV on a semi-annual basis, typically in second and fourth quarter or as needed in conjunction with proactive portfolio management.

 

72


Table of Contents

Green Loans

Green Loans are single family residential first and second mortgage lines of credit with a linked checking account that allows all types of deposits and withdrawals to be performed. The loans are generally interest only with a 15 year balloon payment due at maturity. The Company initiated the Green Loan products in 2005 and proactively refined underwriting and credit management practices and credit guidelines in response to changing economic environments, competitive conditions and portfolio performance. The Company continues to manage credit risk, to the extent possible, throughout the borrower’s credit cycle. The Company discontinued the origination of Green Loan products in 2011.

At June 30, 2014, Green Loans totaled $138.9 million, a decrease of $14.0 million, or 9.2 percent from $153.0 million at December 31, 2013, primarily due to reductions in principal balance and payoffs. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $15.1 million and $5.7 million, respectively, of the Company’s Green Loans were non-performing. As a result of their unique payment feature, Green Loans possess higher credit risk due to the potential of negative amortization; however, management believes the risk is mitigated through the Company’s loan terms and underwriting standards, including its policies on loan-to-value ratios and the Company’s contractual ability to curtail loans when the value of underlying collateral declines.

The Green Loans are similar to HELOCs in that they are collateralized primarily by the equity in single family mortgage loans. However, some Green Loans are subject to differences from HELOCs relating to certain characteristics including one-action laws. Similar to Green Loans, HELOC’s allow the borrower to draw down on the credit line based on an established loan amount for a period of time, typically 10 years, requiring an interest only payment with an option to pay principal at any time. A typical HELOC provides that at the end of the term the borrower can continue to make monthly principal and interest payments based on loan balance until the maturity date. The Green Loan is an interest only loan with a maturity of 15 years at which time the loan comes due and payable with a balloon payment due at maturity. The unique payment structure also differs from a traditional HELOC in that payments are made through the direct linkage of a personal checking account to the loan through a nightly sweep of funds into the Green Loan Account. This reduces any outstanding balance on the loan by the total amount deposited into the checking account. As a result, every time a deposit is made, effectively a payment to the Green Loan is made. HELOCs typically do not cause the loan to be paid down by a borrower’s depositing of funds into their checking account at the same bank.

Credit guidelines for Green Loans were established based on borrower Fair Isaac Company (FICO) scores, property type, occupancy type, loan amount, and geography. Property types include single family residences and second trust deeds where the Company owned the first liens, owner occupied as well as non-owner occupied properties. The Company utilized its underwriting guidelines for first liens to underwrite the Green Loan secured by second trust deeds as if the combined loans were a single Green Loan. For all Green Loans, the loan income was underwritten using either full income documentation or alternative income documentation.

For single family properties the loan sizes ranged up to $7.0 million. For two-to-four family properties, the loan sizes ranged up to $7.5 million. As loan size increased, the maximum LTV decreased from 80 percent to 60 percent. Maximum LTVs were adjusted by 5-10 percent for specified property types such as condos. FICOs were based on the primary wage earners’ mid FICO score and the lower of two mid FICO scores for full and alternative documentation, respectively. 76 percent of the FICO scores exceeded 700 at the time of origination. Loans greater than $1 million were subject to a second appraisal or third party appraisal review at origination.

The following table presents the Company’s non-traditional single family residential mortgage Green Loans first lien portfolio at June 30, 2014 by FICO scores that were obtained during the second quarter of 2014, comparing to the FICO scores for those same loans that were obtained during the fourth quarter of 2013:

 

     June 30, 2014     December 31, 2013     Change  
     Count      Amount      Percent     Count      Amount      Percent     Count     Amount     Percent  
     ($ in thousand)  

FICO Score

                      

800+

     21       $ 13,057         9.7     13       $ 7,347         5.5     8      $ 5,710        4.2

700-799

     77         62,287         46.5     90         70,337         52.5     (13     (8,050     -6.0

600-699

     34         29,158         21.8     34         31,772         23.7     —          (2,614     -1.9

<600

     10         12,953         9.7     9         9,394         7.0     1        3,559        2.7

No FICO

     14         16,531         12.3     10         15,136         11.3     4        1,395        1.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

     156       $ 133,986         100.0     156       $ 133,986         100.0     —        $ —          0.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company updates FICO scores on a semi-annual basis, typically in the second and fourth quarters or as needed in conjunction with proactive portfolio management. As such, the FICO scores did not materially change from December 31, 2013 to June 30, 2014, but the change during the quarter reflects loans that were paid off during the quarter.

 

73


Table of Contents

Interest Only Loans

Interest only loans are primarily single family residential first mortgage loans with payment features that allow interest only payment in initial periods before converting to a fully amortizing loan. As of June 30, 2014, our interest only loans increased by $28.3 million, or 20.2 percent, to $168.3 million from $140.0 million at December 31, 2013, primarily due to originations of $68.5 million and transfers from loans held for sale of $14.8 million, partially offset by transfers to loans held for sale of $25.3 million and net amortization of $29.8 million. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $1.1 million and $752 thousand of the interest only loans were non-performing, respectively.

Loans with the Potential for Negative Amortization

Negative amortization loans decreased by $2.3 million, or 13.6 percent, to $14.4 million as of June 30, 2014 from $16.6 million as of December 31, 2013. The Company discontinued origination of negative amortization loans in 2007. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, $983 thousand and $1.2 million of the loans that had the potential for negative amortization were non-performing, respectively. These loans pose a potentially higher credit risk because of the lack of principal amortization and potential for negative amortization; however, management believes the risk is mitigated through the loan terms and underwriting standards, including the Company’s policies on loan-to-value ratios.

Non-Traditional Mortgage Loan Credit Risk Management

The Company performs detailed reviews of collateral values on loans collateralized by residential real property including its non-traditional mortgage portfolio based on appraisals or estimates from third party automated valuation models (AVMs) to analyze property value trends on a semi-annual basis or as needed. AVMs are used to identify loans that have experienced potential collateral deterioration. Once a loan has been identified that may have experienced collateral deterioration, the Company will obtain updated drive by or full appraisals in order to confirm the valuation. This information is used to update key monitoring metrics such as LTV. Additionally, FICO scores are obtained bi-annually in conjunction with the collateral analysis. In addition to LTV and FICO, the Company evaluates the portfolio on a specific loan basis through delinquency and portfolio charge-offs to determine whether any risk mitigation or portfolio management actions are warranted. The borrowers may be contacted as necessary to discuss material changes in loan performance or credit metrics.

The Company’s risk management policy and credit monitoring includes reviewing delinquency, FICO scores, and collateral values on the non-traditional mortgage loan portfolio. We also continuously monitor market conditions for our geographic lending areas. The Company has determined that the most significant performance indicators for non-traditional mortgages to be LTV and FICO scores. The loan review provides an effective method of identifying borrowers who may be experiencing financial difficulty before they fail to make a loan payment. Upon receipt of the updated FICO scores, an exception report is run to identify loans with a decrease in FICO of 10 percent or more and a resulting FICO of 620 or less. The loans are then further analyzed to determine if the risk rating should be downgraded that will increase the ALLL the Company will establish for potential losses. A report of the semi-annual loan reviews is published and regularly monitored.

On the interest only loans, the Company projects future payment changes to determine if there will be an increase in payment of 3.50 percent or greater and then monitor the loans for possible delinquencies. The individual loans are monitored for possible downgrading of risk rating, and trends within the portfolio are identified that could affect other interest only loans scheduled for payment changes in the near future.

As these loans are revolving lines of credit, the Company, based on the loan agreement and loan covenants of the particular loan, as well as applicable rules and regulations, could suspend the borrowing privileges or reduce the credit limit at any time the Company reasonably believes that the borrower will be unable to fulfill their repayment obligations under the agreement or certain other conditions are met. In many cases, the decrease in FICO is the first red flag that the borrower may have difficulty in making their future payment obligations.

As a result, the Company proactively manages the portfolio by performing detailed analysis on its portfolio with emphasis on the non-traditional mortgage portfolio. The Company’s Internal Asset Review Committee (IARC) conducts monthly meetings to review the loans classified as special mention, substandard, or doubtful and determines whether suspension or reduction in credit limit is warranted. If the line has been suspended and the borrower would like to have their credit privileges reinstated, they would need to provide updated financials showing their ability to meet their payment obligations. From the most recent bi-annual review completed in the first quarter of 2014, the Company did not freeze or reduce any additional commitments.

 

74


Table of Contents

Consumer and non-traditional mortgage loans may entail greater risk than do traditional single family residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are secured by rapidly depreciable assets, such as automobiles and recreational vehicles. In these cases, any repossessed collateral for a consumer and non-traditional mortgage loan are more dependent on the borrower‘s continued financial stability and, thus, are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness, or personal bankruptcy.

Non-Performing Assets

The following table presents a summary of total non-performing assets as of the dates indicated:

 

     June 30,
2014
    December 31,
2013
    Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     (In thousands)  

Loans past due 90 days or more still on accrual

   $ —        $ —        $ —          NM   

Nonaccrual loans

     41,611        31,648        9,963        31.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total non-performing loans

     41,611        31,648        9,963        31.5

Other real estate owned

     605        —          605        NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total non-performing assets

   $ 42,216      $ 31,648      $ 10,568        33.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Performing restructured loans

   $ 4,853      $ 4,881      $ (28     -0.6

Total non-performing loans to gross loans and leases

     1.60     1.29    

Total non-performing assets to total assets

     0.96     0.87    

Allowance for loan and lease losses to non-performing loans

     54.38     59.42    

Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due, unless management believes the loan is adequately collateralized and in the process of collection. Past due loans may or may not be adequately collateralized, but collection efforts are continuously pursued. Loans may be restructured by management when a borrower experiences changes to their financial condition, causing an inability to meet the original repayment terms, and where we believe the borrower will eventually overcome those circumstances and repay the loan in full.

Additional income of approximately $214 thousand and $364 thousand would have been recorded during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively, had these loans been paid in accordance with their original terms throughout the periods indicated.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs) of loans are defined by ASC 310-40, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors” and ASC 470-60, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Debtors” and evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 310-10-35. The concessions may be granted in various forms, including reduction in the stated interest rate, reduction in the amount of principal amortization, forgiveness of a portion of a loan balance or accrued interest, or extension of the maturity date. In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company’s internal underwriting policy.

Troubled debt restructured loans and leases consist of the following as of the dates indicated:

 

     June 30, 2014      December 31, 2013  
     NTM Loans      Traditional
Loans
     Total      NTM Loans      Traditional
Loans
     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Commercial:

                 

Commercial real estate

   $ —         $ 168       $ 168       $ —         $ 194       $ 194   

SBA

     —           6         6         —           10         10   

Consumer:

                 

Single family residential mortgage

     —           3,101         3,101         —           3,605         3,605   

Green Loans (HELOC) - first liens

     3,457         —           3,457         3,468         —           3,468   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,457       $ 3,275       $ 6,732       $ 3,468       $ 3,809       $ 7,277   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The Company maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL) to absorb probable incurred losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio at the balance sheet date. The ALLL is comprised of two components, valuation on loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment (GVA) and valuation on loans that are individually evaluated for impairment (SVA). The GVA is based on ongoing assessment of the estimated probable losses presently inherent in the loan portfolio. In evaluating the level of the ALLL, management considers the types of loans and leases and the amount of loans and leases in the portfolio, peer group information, historical loss experience, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. This methodology takes into account many factors, including the Company’s own historical and peer loss trends, loan and lease-level credit quality ratings, loan and lease specific attributes along with a review of various credit metrics and trends. The process involves subjective as well as complex judgments. The Company uses a three year loss experience of the Company and its peers in analyzing an appropriate reserve factor for all loans. In addition, the Company uses adjustments for numerous factors including those found in the Interagency Guidance on ALLL, which include current economic conditions, loan and lease seasoning, underwriting experience, and collateral value changes among others. The Company utilize the SVA on all impaired loans and leases using guidance from ASC 310 primarily through the evaluation of cash flows or collateral values.

At June 30, 2014, total ALLL was $22.6 million, which represented 0.87 percent of total gross loans and leases, as compared to $18.8 million, or 0.77 percent, of total gross loans and leases at December 31, 2013, with unallocated ALLL of $0 and $450 thousand, respectively, at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013. The SVA was $309 thousand at June 30, 2014 compared to $96 thousand at December 31, 2013. The GVA on originated loans and leases at June 30, 2014 was $19.4 million, which represented 1.34 percent of total originated loans and leases, as compared to $17.1 million, or 1.46 percent, of total originated loans and leases at December 31, 2013. Including the non-credit impaired loans acquired through the business acquisitions, the GVA was $22.0 million as of June 30, 2014, which represents 1.18 percent of the total amount of such loans and leases, as compared to $18.5 million, or 1.13 percent, of the total amount of such loans and leases at December 31, 2013. The ALLL plus market discount for originated and acquired non-credit impaired loans and leases to the total amount of such loans and leases was 5.65 percent at June 30, 2014 versus 6.99 percent at December 31, 2013. The Company provided $2.1 million and $4.0 million to its provision for loan and lease losses during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively, related primarily to new single family residential mortgage, multifamily, and commercial and industrial loan production.

The Company acquired PBOC during 2013 and Beach and Gateway during 2012, and their loans and leases were treated under ASC 805, accounting for acquisitions. The acquired loans and leases include loans and leases that are accounted for under ASC 310-30, accounting for purchase credit impaired loans and leases (PCI). In addition, the Company acquired three pools of credit impaired re-performing seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools during 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Bank acquired five pools of seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools, which were partially ASC 310-30 loans. During the three months ended June 30, 2014, there was no provision for loan and lease losses or allowance for loan and lease losses related to these pools as these loans were acquired at an aggregate 16.9 percent discount to the aggregated unpaid principal balances and there were no impairments on these pools. The Company may recognize provisions for loan and lease losses in the future should there be further deterioration in these loans after the purchase date should the impairment exceed the non-accretable yield and purchased discount. On a quarterly basis, the Company determines whether it needs to re-forecast its expected cash flows for the PCI loans relating to the PBOC, Beach and Gateway acquisitions, and the eight loan pools acquired in 2012 and 2013 to be evaluated for potential impairment. The provision for loans and leases losses on PCI loans reflected a decrease in expected cash flows on PCI loans compared to those previously estimated. The impairment reserve for PCI loans at June 30, 2014 was $321 thousand.

 

76


Table of Contents

The following tables provides information regarding activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses during the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended
June  30,
    Six Months Ended
June  30,
 
     2014     2013     2014     2013  
     (In thousands)  

Allowance for loan and lease losses at beginning of period

   $ 20,003      $ 16,015      $ 18,805      $ 14,448   

Charge-offs:

        

Commercial and industrial

     —          —          —          —     

Commercial real estate

     —          (260     —          (360

Multi-family

     (3     (169     (3     (553

SBA

     —          (262     (17     (392

Constructions

     —          —          —          —     

Lease financing

     —          —          —          (23

Single family residential mortgage

     (206     (329     (357     (590

Other consumer

     (174     (7     (209     (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (383     (1,027     (586     (1,932
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

        

Commercial and industrial

     27        —          53        —     

Commercial real estate

     438        19        754        19   

Multi-family

     —          —          —          88   

SBA

     175        42        267        166   

Constructions

     —          —          —          —     

Lease financing

     —          4        —          6   

Single family residential mortgage

     —          1        —          91   

Other consumer

     1        7        2        7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     641        73        1,076        377   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transfer from (to) held-for-sale

     258        —          (705     —     

Provision for loan and lease losses

     2,108        1,918        4,037        4,086   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses at end of period

   $ 22,627      $ 16,979      $ 22,627      $ 16,979   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average total gross loans and leases held for investment

   $ 2,449,668      $ 1,670,977      $ 2,432,527      $ 1,499,216   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross loans and leases held for investment at end of period

   $ 2,602,213      $ 1,614,346      $ 2,602,213      $ 1,614,346   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

        

Annualized net loan charge-offs to average total gross loans held for investment

     -0.04     0.23     -0.04     0.21

Allowance for loan and lease losses to total gross loans held for investment

     0.87     1.05     0.87     1.05

The following tables provides a summary of allocation of allowance for loan and lease losses by loan and lease category as well as loans and leases receivable for each category as of the dates indicated:

 

     June 30, 2014      December 31, 2013  
     Allowance for
Loan and
Lease Losses
     Loans and
Leases
Receivable
     Allowance for
Loan and
Lease Losses
     Loans and
Leases
Receivable
 
     (In thousands)  

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial

   $ 3,007       $ 368,540       $ 1,822       $ 287,771   

Commercial real estate

     5,615         535,744         5,484         529,883   

Multi-family

     3,408         234,179         2,566         141,580   

SBA

     261         28,684         235         27,428   

Constructions

     1,245         30,761         244         24,933   

Lease financing

     730         57,754         428         31,949   

Consumer:

           

Single family residential mortgage

     7,289         1,212,813         7,044         1,286,541   

Other consumer

     1,072         133,738         532         116,026   

Unallocated

     —           —           450         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 22,627       $ 2,602,213       $ 18,805       $ 2,446,111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents

The following table presents the ALLL allocation among loan and lease origination types as of the dates indicated:

 

     June 30,
2014
    December 31,
2013
    Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Loan breakdown by ALLL evaluation type:

        

Originated loans

        

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 29,763      $ 16,704      $ 13,059        78.2

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     1,447,077        1,168,195        278,882        23.9

Acquired loans through business acquisitions - non-impaired

        

Individually evaluated for impairment

     6,173        2,243        3,930        175.2

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     409,745        469,916        (60,171     -12.8

Seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools - non-impaired

     404,398        449,767        (45,369     -10.1

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     305,057        339,286        (34,229     -10.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total loans

   $ 2,602,213      $ 2,446,111      $ 156,102        6.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

ALLL breakdown:

        

Originated loans

        

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 309      $ 96      $ 213        221.9

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     19,427        17,103        2,324        13.6

Acquired loans through business acquisitions - non-impaired

        

Individually evaluated for impairment

     —          —          —          NM   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     2,570        1,410        1,160        82.3

Seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools - non-impaired

     —          —          —          NM   

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     321        196        125        63.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total ALLL

   $ 22,627      $ 18,805      $ 3,822        20.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Discount on purchased/acquired Loans:

        

Acquired loans through business acquisitions - non-impaired

   $ 6,536      $ 8,354      $ (1,818     -21.8

Seasoned SFR mortgage loan pools - non-impaired

     33,044        38,240        (5,196     -13.6

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     84,876        105,650        (20,774     -19.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total discount

   $ 124,456      $ 152,244      $ (27,788     -18.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Ratios:

        

To originated loans:

        

Individually evaluated for impairment

     1.04     0.57     0.47  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     1.34     1.46     -0.12  

Total ALLL

     1.34     1.45     -0.11  

To originated and acquired non-impaired loans:

        

Individually evaluated for impairment

     0.86     0.51     0.35  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     1.18     1.13     0.05  

Total ALLL

     1.18     1.12     0.06  

Total ALLL and discount (1)

     1.52     1.63     -0.11  

To total loans:

        

Individually evaluated for impairment

     0.86     0.51     0.35  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     0.97     0.89     0.08  

Total ALLL

     0.87     0.77     0.10  

Total ALLL and discount (1)

     5.65     6.99     -1.34  

 

(1) Total ALLL plus discount divided by carrying value

Servicing Rights

Total mortgage and SBA servicing rights were $10.2 million and $13.9 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The fair value of the mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) amounted to $9.8 million and $13.5 million and the amortized cost of the SBA servicing rights was $375 thousand and $348 thousand at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The Company retains servicing rights from certain of its sales of SFR mortgage loans and SBA loans. The principal balance of the loans underlying our total MSRs and SBA servicing rights was $1.16 billion and $18.3 million, respectively, at June 30, 2014 and $1.37 billion and $20.0 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013. The recorded amount of the MSR and SBA servicing rights as a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of the loans we are servicing was 0.85 percent and 1.67 percent, respectively, at June 30, 2014 as compared to 1.00 percent and 1.74 percent, respectively, at December 31, 2013.

 

78


Table of Contents

Deposits

The following table shows the composition of deposits by type as of the dates indicated.

 

     June 30,
2014
     December 31,
2013
     Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     (In thousands)  

Noninterest-bearing deposits

   $ 408,404       $ 429,158       $ (20,754     -4.8

Interest-bearing demand deposits

     688,699         539,098         149,601        27.8

Money market accounts

     618,231         518,696         99,535        19.2

Savings accounts

     985,028         963,536         21,492        2.2

Time deposits

     646,993         468,156         178,837        38.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total deposits

   $ 3,347,355       $ 2,918,644       $ 428,711        14.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total deposits increased by $428.7 million, or 14.7 percent, to $3.35 billion at June 30, 2014, compared to $2.92 billion at December 31, 2013. The increase in total deposits primarily resulted from strategic plans aiming to increase core deposits and increased utilization of money desk operations for wholesale time deposits, while reducing reliance on brokered deposits.

In December 2012, the Company launched interest-bearing core deposits products with enhanced features to attract high net worth depositors in our target markets while reducing the reliance on certificates of deposit. As of June 30, 2014, deposits generated through this program totaled approximately $1.55 billion.

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances and Other Borrowings

At June 30, 2014, the Bank had a fixed-rate advance of $15.0 million at an interest rate of 0.82 percent and a variable-rate advance of $435.0 million at an interest rate of 0.18 percent from the FHLB. At December 31, 2013, $25.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were fixed-rate and had interest rates ranging from 0.59 percent to 0.82 percent with a weighted average rate of 0.73 percent, and $225.0 million of the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were variable-rate and had a weighted average interest rate of 0.06 percent as of that date.

Each advance is payable at its maturity date. Advances paid early are subject to a prepayment penalty. At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Bank’s advances from the FHLB were collateralized by certain real estate loans with an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $1.76 billion and $740.1 million, respectively. The Bank’s investment in capital stock of the FHLB of San Francisco totaled $22.9 million and $14.4 million, respectively, at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013. Based on this collateral and the Bank’s holdings of FHLB stock, the Bank was eligible to borrow an additional $554.9 million at June 30, 2014. In addition, the Bank had available lines of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank totaling $106.6 million at June 30, 2014.

Long Term Debt

Senior Notes

On April 23, 2012, the Company completed the public offering of $33.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.50 percent Senior Notes due April 15, 2020 (the “Notes”) at a price to the public of $25.00 per Note. Net proceeds after discounts were approximately $31.7 million. The Notes were issued under the Senior Debt Securities Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012 (the “Base Indenture”), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012 (the “Supplemental Indenture,” and together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

On December 6, 2012, the Company completed the issuance and sale of an additional $45.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a price to the public of $25.00 per Note, plus accrued interest from October 15, 2012. Net proceeds after discounts, including a full exercise of the $6.8 million underwriters’ overallotment option on December 7, 2012, were approximately $50.1 million.

The Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured debt obligations and rank equally with all of the Company’s other present and future unsecured unsubordinated obligations. The Notes bear interest at a per-annum rate of 7.50 percent. The Company makes interest payments on the Notes quarterly in arrears.

 

79


Table of Contents

The Notes will mature on April 15, 2020. However, the Company may, at the Company’s option, on April 15, 2015, or on any scheduled interest payment date thereafter, redeem the Notes in whole or in part on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice. The Notes will be redeemable at a redemption price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

The Indenture contains several covenants which, among other things, restrict the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to dispose of or incur liens on the voting stock of certain subsidiaries and also contains customary events of default.

Tangible Equity Units – Amortizing Notes

On May 21, 2014, the Company issued $69,000,000 8.00% tangible equity units (TEUs) in an underwritten public offering. A total of 1,380,000 TEUs were issued, including 180,000 issued to the underwriter upon exercise of its overallotment option, with each TEU having a stated amount of $50.00. Each TEU is comprised of (i) a prepaid stock purchase contract (each a “Purchase Contract”) that will be settled by delivery of a specific number of shares of Company Common Stock and (ii) a junior subordinated amortizing note due May 15, 2017 (each an “Amortizing Note”) that has an initial principal amount of $10.604556 per Amortizing Note, bears interest at a rate of 7.50% per annum and has a scheduled final installment payment date of May 15, 2017. The Company has the right to defer installment payments on the Amortizing Notes at any time and from time to time, subject to certain restrictions, so long as the deferral period does not extend beyond May 15, 2019.

The Purchase Contracts and Amortizing Notes are accounted for separately. The Purchase Contract component of the TEUs is recorded in equity as additional paid in capital. The Amortizing Note component is recorded as debt. The fair value of the Amortizing Notes was based on the fair value of similar debt instruments and was estimated to be approximately $14,634,000. The resulting value of the Purchase Contracts of $54,366,000 was recorded as additional paid-in capital on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition. Total issuance costs associated with the TEUs were $3,358,000 (including the underwriter discount of $3,278,000), of which $758,000 was allocated to the liability component and $2,600,000 was allocated to the equity component of the TEUs. The portion of the issuance costs allocated to the debt component of the TEUs is being amortized over the term of the amortizing note. Net proceeds of $65,642,000 from the issuance of the TEUs are designated to finance the Company’s previously announced pending acquisition of 20 California branches from Popular Community Bank and for general corporate purposes. Additional information regarding the TEUs is provided under the heading “Tangible Equity Units” in Note 15 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements contained in Item 1 of this report.

Reserve for Unfunded Loan Commitments

The Company maintains a reserve for unfunded loan commitments at a level that is considered adequate to cover the estimated and known inherent risks. The probability of usage of the unfunded loan commitments and credit risk factors determined based on outstanding loan balance of same customer or outstanding loans that shares similar credit risk exposure are used to determine the adequacy of the reserve. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the reserve for unfunded loan commitments was $1.4 million.

The following table presents a summary of activity in the reserve for unfunded loan commitments for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended
June  30,
     Six Months Ended
June  30,
 
   2014     2013      2014     2013  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 1,614      $ 681       $ 1,439      $ 495   

Provision for unfunded loan commitments

     (179     75         (4     261   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 1,435      $ 756       $ 1,435      $ 756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reserve for Loss on Repurchased Loans

Reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans was $6.2 million and $5.4 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. This reserve relates to our single family residential mortgage business. We sell most of the residential mortgage loans that we originate into the secondary mortgage market. When we sell mortgage loans, we make customary representations and warranties to the purchasers about various characteristics of each loan, such as the manner of origination, the nature and extent of underwriting standards applied and the types of documentation being provided. Typically, these representations and warranties are in place for the life of the loan. If a defect in the origination process is identified, we may be required to either repurchase the loan or indemnify the

 

80


Table of Contents

purchaser for losses it sustains on the loan. If there are no such defects, generally we have no liability to the purchaser for losses it may incur on such loan. We maintain a reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans to account for the expected losses related to loans we might be required to repurchase (or the indemnity payments we may have to make to purchasers). The reserve takes into account both our estimate of expected losses on loans sold during the current accounting period, as well as adjustments to our previous estimates of expected losses on loans sold. In each case, these estimates are based on the most recent data available to us, including data from third parties, regarding demands for loan repurchases, actual loan repurchases, and actual credit losses on repurchased loans, among other factors. Provisions added to the reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans are recorded under non-interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations as an increase or decrease to provision for loss reimbursements on loans sold.

The following table presents a summary of activity in the reserve for loss reimbursements on sold loans for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended
June  30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2014     2013     2014     2013  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 5,866      $ 3,498      $ 5,427      $ 3,485   

Provision for loan repurchases

     968        732        1,539        988   

Payments made for loss reimbursement on sold loans

     (660     (256     (792     (499
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 6,174      $ 3,974      $ 6,174      $ 3,974   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liquidity

The Bank is required to have enough liquid assets in order to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure a safe and sound operation. Liquidity may increase or decrease depending upon availability of funds and comparative yields on investments in relation to the return on loans. Historically, the Bank has maintained liquid assets above levels believed to be adequate to meet the requirements of normal operations, including potential deposit outflows. Cash flow projections are regularly reviewed and updated to ensure that adequate liquidity is maintained.

The Bank’s liquidity, represented by cash and cash equivalents and securities available for sale, is a product of its operating, investing, and financing activities. The Bank’s primary sources of funds are deposits, payments and maturities of outstanding loans and investment securities; and other short-term investments and funds provided from operations. While scheduled payments from the amortization of loans and mortgage-backed securities and maturing securities and short-term investments are relatively predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition. In addition, the Bank invests excess funds in short-term interest-earning assets, which provide liquidity to meet lending requirements. The Bank also generates cash through borrowings. The Bank utilizes FHLB advances to leverage its capital base, to provide funds for its lending activities, as a source of liquidity, and to enhance its interest rate risk management. The Bank also has the ability to obtain brokered certificates of deposit. Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of business management. Any excess liquidity would be invested in federal funds or authorized investments such as mortgage-backed or U.S. agency securities. On a longer-term basis, the Bank maintains a strategy of investing in various lending products. The Bank uses its sources of funds primarily to meet its ongoing commitments, to pay maturing certificates of deposit and savings withdrawals, to fund loan commitments, and to maintain its portfolio of mortgage-backed securities and investment securities.

At June 30, 2014, there were $130.1 million of approved loan origination commitments, $302.1 million of unused lines of credit and $7.5million of outstanding letters of credit. Certificates of deposit maturing in the next 12 months totaled $434.6 million and $450.0 million of FHLB advances had maturities of less than 12 months at June 30, 2014.

Based on the competitive deposit rates offered and on historical experience, management believes that a significant portion of maturing deposits will remain with the Bank, although no assurance can be given in this regard. At June 30, 2014, the Company maintained $258.1 million of cash and cash equivalents that was 5.9 percent to total assets. In addition, the Bank had the ability at June 30, 2014 to borrow an additional $554.9 million from the FHLB and $106.6 million from the Federal Reserve Bank.

 

81


Table of Contents

Commitments

The following table presents information as of June 30, 2014 regarding the Company’s commitments and contractual obligations:

 

     Commitments and Contractual Obligations  
     Total
Amount
Committed
     Less Than
One Year
     More Than One
Year Through
Three Years
     More Than Three
Year Through
Five Years
     Over Five
Years
 
     (In thousands)  

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 130,104       $ 79,964       $ 29,741       $ 8,505       $ 11,894   

Unused lines of credit

     302,069         178,445         24,679         59,093         39,852   

Standby letters of credit

     7,478         5,950         —           750         778   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commitments

   $ 439,651       $ 264,359       $ 54,420       $ 68,348       $ 52,524   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

FHLB advances

   $ 450,000       $ 450,000       $ —         $ —         $ —     

Long-term debt

     138,031         11,784         23,753         12,713         89,781   

Operating and capital lease obligations

     35,866         10,228         16,313         6,490         2,835   

Certificate of deposits

     646,993         434,556         153,543         58,701         193   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 1,270,890       $ 906,568       $ 193,609       $ 77,904       $ 92,809   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Regulatory Capital

Federal bank regulatory agencies currently require bank holding companies such as the Company to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0 percent and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.0 percent. In addition to the risk-based guidelines, federal bank regulatory agencies currently require bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio, of 4.0 percent. In order to be considered “well capitalized,” federal bank regulatory agencies currently require depository institutions such as the Bank to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 10.0 percent and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6.0 percent. In addition to the risk-based guidelines, the federal bank regulatory agencies require depository institutions to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio, of 5.0 percent.

The following table presents the capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank as of dates indicated:

 

     Amount      Ratio     Minimum Capital
Requirement
     Ratio     Minimum Required
to Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
     Ratio  
     ($ in thousands)  

June 30, 2014:

               

Banc of California, Inc.

               

Total risk-based capital ratio

   $ 424,935         15.19   $ 223,866         8.00     N/A         N/A   

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     394,699         14.10     111,933         4.00     N/A         N/A   

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     394,699         9.89     159,613         4.00     N/A         N/A   

Banc of California, NA

               

Total risk-based capital ratio

   $ 415,809         14.88   $ 223,628         8.00   $ 279,535         10.00

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     385,573         13.79     111,814         4.00     167,721         6.00

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     385,573         9.72     158,704         4.00     198,380         5.00

December 31, 2013:

               

Banc of California, Inc.

               

Total risk-based capital ratio

   $ 307,457         12.45   $ 197,503         8.00     N/A         N/A   

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     281,786         11.41     98,752         4.00     N/A         N/A   

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     281,786         8.02     140,463         4.00     N/A         N/A   

Banc of California, NA

               

Total risk-based capital ratio

   $ 360,634         14.65   $ 196,998         8.00   $ 246,247         10.00

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     334,963         13.60     98,499         4.00     147,748         6.00

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     334,963         9.58     139,874         4.00     174,845         5.00

 

82


Table of Contents

In July 2013, the Federal banking regulators approved a final rule to implement the revised capital adequacy standards of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, commonly called Basel III, and to address relevant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act). The final rule strengthens the definition of regulatory capital, increases risk-based capital requirements, makes selected changes to the calculation of risk-weighted assets, and adjusts the prompt corrective action thresholds. The Company and the Bank will become subject to the new rule on January 1, 2015 and certain provisions of the new rule will be phased in over the period of 2015 through 2019.

The final rule:

 

   

Permits banking organizations that had less than $15 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009, to include in Tier 1 capital trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock that were issued and included in Tier 1 capital prior to May 19, 2010, subject to a limit of 25 percent of Tier 1 capital elements, excluding any non-qualifying capital instruments and after all regulatory capital deductions and adjustments have been applied to Tier 1 capital.

 

   

Establishes new qualifying criteria for regulatory capital, including new limitations on the inclusion of deferred tax assets and mortgage servicing rights.

 

   

Requires a minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5 percent.

 

   

Increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio requirement from 4 percent to 6 percent.

 

   

Retains the minimum total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio requirement of 8 percent.

 

   

Establishes a minimum leverage ratio requirement of 4 percent.

 

   

Retains the existing regulatory capital framework for one-to-four family residential mortgage exposures.

 

   

Permits banking organizations that are not subject to the advanced approaches rule, such as the Company and the Bank, to retain, through a one-time election, the existing treatment for most accumulated other comprehensive income, such that unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale will not affect regulatory capital amounts and ratios.

 

   

Implements a new capital conservation buffer requirement for a banking organization to maintain a common equity capital ratio more than 2.5 percent above the minimum common equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and total risk-based capital ratios in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividend payments, and certain discretionary bonus payments. The capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning on January 1, 2016 at 0.625 percent and will be fully phased in at 2.50 percent by January 1, 2019. A banking organization with a buffer of less than the required amount would be subject to increasingly stringent limitations on such distributions and payments as the buffer approaches zero. The new rule also generally prohibits a banking organization from making such distributions or payments during any quarter if its eligible retained income is negative and its capital conservation buffer ratio was 2.5 percent or less at the end of the previous quarter. The eligible retained income of a banking organization is defined as its net income for the four calendar quarters preceding the current calendar quarter, based on the organization’s quarterly regulatory reports, net of any distributions and associated tax effects not already reflected in net income.

 

   

Increases capital requirements for past-due loans, high volatility commercial real estate exposures, and certain short-term commitments and securitization exposures.

 

   

Expands the recognition of collateral and guarantors in determining risk-weighted assets.

 

   

Removes references to credit ratings consistent with the Dodd Frank Act and establishes due diligence requirements for securitization exposures.

The Company’s management is currently evaluating the provisions of the final rule and their expected impact on the Company.

ITEM 3 — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Our Risk When Interest Rates Change. The rates of interest we earn on assets and pay on liabilities generally are established contractually for a period of time. Market interest rates change over time. Accordingly, our results of operations, like those of other financial institutions, are impacted by changes in interest rates and the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities. The risk associated with changes in interest rates and our ability to adapt to these changes is known as interest rate risk and is our most significant market risk.

How We Measure Our Risk of Interest Rate Changes. As part of our attempt to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates and comply with applicable regulations, we monitor our interest rate risk. In monitoring interest rate risk we continually analyze and manage assets and liabilities based on their payment streams and interest rates, the timing of their maturities and/or prepayments, and their sensitivity to actual or potential changes in market interest rates.

 

83


Table of Contents

In order to manage the potential for adverse effects of material and prolonged increases in interest rates on our results of operations, we adopted asset and liability management policies to better align the maturities and repricing terms of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. These policies are implemented by the asset and liability management committee. The asset and liability management committee is chaired by the treasurer and is comprised of members of our senior management. An asset and liability management policy establishes guidelines for the volume and mix of assets and funding sources taking into account relative costs and spreads, interest rate sensitivity and liquidity needs, while the asset liability management committee monitors adherence to these guidelines. The objectives are to manage assets and funding sources to produce results that are consistent with liquidity, capital adequacy, growth, risk, and profitability goals. The asset and liability management committee meets periodically to review, among other things, economic conditions and interest rate outlook, current and projected liquidity needs and capital position, anticipated changes in the volume and mix of assets and liabilities and interest rate risk exposure limits versus current projections pursuant to our net present value of equity analysis. At each meeting, the asset and liability management committee recommends appropriate strategy changes based on this review. The treasurer or his designee is responsible for reviewing and reporting on the effects of the policy implementations and strategies to the board of directors on a regular basis.

In order to manage our assets and liabilities and achieve the desired liquidity, credit quality, interest rate risk, profitability and capital targets, we have focused our strategies on:

 

   

Originating and purchasing adjustable-rate mortgage loans,

 

   

Originating shorter-term consumer loans,

 

   

Acquiring short duration securities for the investment portfolio,

 

   

Managing our deposits to establish stable deposit relationships,

 

   

Using FHLB advances and/or certain derivatives such as swaps to align maturities and repricing terms, and

 

   

Attempting to limit the percentage of fixed-rate loans in our portfolio.

At times, depending on the level of general interest rates, the relationship between long- and short-term interest rates, market conditions and competitive factors, the asset and liability management committee may determine to increase the Company’s interest rate risk position within the asset liability tolerance set by the Bank’s policies.

As part of its procedures, the asset and liability management committee regularly reviews interest rate risk by forecasting the impact of alternative interest rate environments on net interest income and market value of portfolio equity, which is defined as the net present value of an institution’s existing assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments, and evaluating such impacts against the maximum potential changes in net interest income and market value of portfolio equity that are authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company.

Interest Rate Sensitivity of Economic Value of Equity and Net Interest Income

The following table presents the projected change in the Bank’s net portfolio value at June 30, 2014 that would occur upon an immediate change in interest rates based on independent analysis, but without giving effect to any steps that management might take to counteract that change.

 

     June 30, 2014  

Change in

Interest Rates in

Basis Points (bp) (1)

   Economic Value of Equity     Net Interest Income  
   Amount      Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
    Amount      Amount
Change
    Percentage
Change
 
     ($ in thousands)  

+100 bp

   $ 447,404       $ (22,726     -4.8   $ 151,105       $ 3,202        2.2

0 bp

     470,130             147,903        

-100 bp

     476,167         6,037        1.3     141,199         (6,704     -4.5

 

(1) Assumes an instantaneous uniform change in interest rates at all maturities

As with any method of measuring interest rate risk, certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the foregoing table. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable rate mortgage loans, have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Further, if interest rates change, expected rates of prepayments on loans and early withdrawals from certificates of deposit could deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the table.

 

84


Table of Contents

The Company does not maintain any securities for trading purposes. The Company does not currently engage in trading activities. The Company does use derivative instruments to hedge its mortgage banking risks. In addition, interest rate risk is the most significant market risk affecting the Company. Other types of market risk, such as foreign currency exchange risk and commodity price risk, do not arise in the normal course of the Company’s business activities and operations.

ITEM 4 - CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. An evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Section 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”)) as of June 30, 2014 was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other members of the Company’s senior management. Because of a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting identified subsequent to June 30, 2014 and further described below, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of June 30, 2014, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective in ensuring that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Act is (i) accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management (including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer) to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure, and (ii) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. In connection with the preparation of annual and quarterly financial statements, the Company’s management is responsible for evaluating its internal controls and procedures. This evaluation includes an assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Act), which are designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the Company’s financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In connection with the audit of year-end financial statements, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP (“KPMG”), is responsible for auditing both (i) the financial statements to obtain reasonable assurance about whether they are free of material misstatement, and (ii) the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Except as otherwise described below, there were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the three months ended June 30, 2014 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Subsequent to the issuance of the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 and subsequent to June 30, 2014, immaterial errors related to prior periods were identified that indicated certain deficiencies existed in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Specifically, during the year ending 2013, financial reporting resources did not sufficiently complete certain account level reviews that presented a low potential risk of material error to the Company’s financial reporting, to ensure that the possibility that the aggregation of all potential errors in these accounts, which were more than remote, could not result in a material misstatement.

The Company has concluded that in 2013 these deficiencies when aggregated could have resulted in a material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements that would not have been prevented or detected on a timely basis, and as such, these control deficiencies result in a material weakness.

The material weakness did not result in any material misstatement of the Company’s financial statements and disclosures for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

Remediation and Plans for Remediation. The Company believes it has made significant progress toward remediation of the underlying causes of the material weakness, having taken a number of actions to remediate this material weakness. Among other things, we have:

 

   

Appointed Robert Sznewajs as new Audit Committee chairman and Ronald Nicolas as bank Chief Financial Officer as well as hired additional accounting and finance resources and professionals, including a new Chief Accounting Officer in March 2014, a new Controller in March 2014, a Director of Accounting Policy in May 2014, and a new Director of Internal Audit, together with other new hires in the accounting, finance, and audit departments;

 

   

Designed new controls around the review and analysis of the allowance for loan and lease losses (“ALLL”) including the addition of a new Credit Risk Analytics team to oversee the ALLL process;

 

   

Implemented a new automated accounting software platform for stock-based compensation that eliminates the reliance on manual review of significant spreadsheets; and

 

   

Established a Sarbanes-Oxley steering committee in 2014 that meets bi-weekly with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, and the Director of Internal Audit.

The Company and its Board of Directors are committed to maintaining a strong internal control environment, and believe that these remediation efforts represent significant improvements in our control environment. The identified material weakness in internal control will not be considered fully addressed until the internal controls over these areas have been in operation for a sufficient period of time for our management to conclude that the material weakness has been fully remediated. The Company will continue to work on implementing and testing the new controls in order to make this final determination.

The Company does not expect that its disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and fraud. A control procedure, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control procedure are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control procedures, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any control procedure also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control procedure, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

PART II — OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1 - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time we are involved as plaintiff or defendant in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. We do not anticipate incurring any material liability as a result of such currently pending litigation.

As previously reported in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, on December 14, 2011, CMG Financial Services, Inc. (CMG) initiated a patent lawsuit against Pacific Trust Bank in the United States District Court for the Central District of California (styled CMG Financial Services, Inc. v. Pacific Trust Bank, F.S.B., et al., Case No. 2:11-cv-10344-PSG-MRW) (the Action) alleging infringement of U.S. Patent No. 7,627,509 (the 509 Patent) of limited number of financial products previously offered by Pacific Trust Bank. The 509 Patent relates to the origination and servicing of loans with characteristics similar to the Bank’s Green Loans. On December 16, 2013, the court stayed the Action in its entirety, and administratively closed the case, pending a decision by the Supreme Court in CLS Bank Int’l v. Alice Corp. The Supreme Court issued its decision in the case of CLS Bank Int’l v. Alice Corp. on June 19, 2014 and the court has now scheduled a hearing on August 18, 2014 to consider the Bank’s motion for summary judgment. The Company and its counsel believe the asserted claim is without merit and the resolution of the matter is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations, though no assurance can be given in this regard.

 

85


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A - RISK FACTORS

Except as set forth below, there have been no material changes to the risk factors that appeared under Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Risks Relating to Our Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting which could, if not remediated, result in material misstatements in our financial statements.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Act. As disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2013 and in this quarterly report for the period ended June 30, 2014, management identified immaterial errors related to prior financial reporting periods that indicated certain deficiencies existed in our internal control over financial reporting. Management has concluded that, for the 2013 reporting period, these deficiencies, when aggregated, could have resulted in a material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements that would not have been prevented or detected on a timely basis, and as such, these control deficiencies result in a material weakness.

A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. We have taken a number of actions to rectify the underlying causes of the material weakness and are actively engaged in further steps as part of a comprehensive remediation plan designed to resolve this material weakness in a prompt fashion. Although this material weakness has not required us to restate our financial results, if we are unable to satisfactorily address the deficiencies underlying this material weakness in a timely fashion, or if additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting are discovered or occur in the future, then our consolidated financial statements may contain material misstatements and we could be required to restate our financial results.

Risks Relating to Our Pending Branch Acquisition from Banco Popular North America

The success of our pending acquisition of branches from Banco Popular North America will depend on a number of uncertain  factors.

Consummation of our pending acquisition of branches (the Branch Acquisition) from Banco Popular North America (BPNA) is subject to receipt of required regulatory approvals, including the approval of the OCC, and the satisfaction of other closing conditions, including our receive of sufficient financing, in the aggregate, necessary to consummate the Branch Acquisition. The success of the Branch Acquisition will depend on a number of factors, including, without limitation:

 

   

the necessary regulatory approvals to consummate the Branch Acquisition being received by us and not containing terms, conditions or restrictions that will have a material adverse effect on the Bank;

 

   

our ability to access necessary capital on a timely basis;

 

   

our ability to successfully integrate the BPNA Branches into our current operations;

 

   

our ability to limit the outflow of deposits held by our new customers in the BPNA Branches and to retain interest-earning assets (i.e., loans) acquired in the Branch Acquisition;

 

   

the credit quality of loans acquired as part of the Branch Acquisition;

 

   

our ability to attract new deposits and to generate new interest-earning assets;

 

   

our success in deploying the cash received in the Branch Acquisition, on a timely basis, into assets, including loans and investment securities, bearing sufficiently high yields without incurring unacceptable credit or interest rate risk;

 

   

our ability to control the incremental noninterest expense from the BPNA Branches in a manner that enables us to maintain a favorable overall efficiency ratio;

 

   

our ability to retain and attract appropriate personnel to staff the BPNA Branches; and

 

   

our ability to earn acceptable levels of noninterest income, including fee income, from the BPNA Branches.

No assurance can be given that we will be able to integrate the BPNA Branches successfully, that the Branch Acquisition will not expose us to unknown material liabilities, that the operation of the BPNA Branches will not adversely affect our results of operations, that we will be able to achieve results in the future similar to those achieved by our existing banking business, that we will be able to compete effectively in new market areas, or that we will be able to manage growth resulting from the Branch Acquisition effectively. The difficulties or costs we may encounter in the integration could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The pricing of deposits and loan run-off rates could be substantially different than what we have projected in connection with our planning for the Branch Acquisition and the integration of the BPNA Branches.

We expect to obtain approximately $1.1 billion in deposit liabilities and approximately $1.1 billion in loan assets from the Branch Acquisition (based on March 31, 2014 balances).

We have agreed to pay BPNA approximately $5.4 million for the deposits assumed and loans acquired in the Branch Acquisition, which equates to an effective deposit premium of 0.5%, based upon March 31, 2014 balances. In addition, deposit run-off is expected to occur following the closing. While we believe we used a reasonable deposit run-off rate assumption for purposes of valuing the transaction, actual run-off could be higher. Moreover, it is not known whether we will be able to retain loan relationships acquired in the Branch Acquisition over time.

 

86


Table of Contents

We will need to convert customer loan and deposit data from BPNA’s data processing system to our data processing systems. Problems or errors in the customer account conversion process, and customer interface required to replace certain BPNA products and services with comparable products and services of the Bank, could adversely affect customer relationships, increase run-off of deposit and loan customers and result in unexpected charges and costs. Similarly, run-off could increase if we are not able to cost effectively service particular BPNA loan or deposit products with special features. An unanticipated increase in the run-off rate could increase the effective cost to us of the Branch Acquisition.

The credit quality of loans associated with the Branch Acquisition may be poorer than expected, which would require us to increase our allowance for loan losses and negatively affect our operating results.

Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Bank will acquire approximately $1.1 billion of loans related to the BPNA Branches (based on March 31, 2014 balances). As part of our due diligence on the BPNA Branches, we reviewed a sample of these loans in various categories and have found them to be of acceptable credit quality. Our examination of these loans was made using the same criteria, analyses and collateral evaluations that we have traditionally used in the ordinary course of our business. Although we believe the loans that we will acquire are of acceptable credit quality, and nonperforming loans, non-accrual loans or other real estate owned are generally excluded from the Branch Acquisition, no assurance can be given as to the future performance of these loans.

We face risks related to lending funds acquired in the Branch Acquisition.

Our strategic plan focuses on the continued development and growth of a diversified loan portfolio. Certain risks are inherent in the lending function, including a borrower’s inability to pay, insufficient collateral coverage and changes in interest rates. Repayment risk on commercial loans arises from changing economic conditions in particular geographic areas, businesses or industries that impair the operating performance of commercial borrowers. Risks associated with commercial real estate loans and general business loans also include changes in general economic conditions that affect underlying collateral values.

Even if the Branch Acquisition is completed, we may fail to realize the growth prospects and cost savings anticipated as a result of the Branch Acquisition.

There are a number of risks and uncertainties related to the Branch Acquisition. For example, the Branch Acquisition may not be completed, or may not be completed in the timeframe, on the terms or in the manner currently anticipated, as a result of a number of factors, including, among other things, the failure of one or more of the conditions to closing (including the condition that we raise sufficient financing, in the aggregate, necessary to consummate the Branch Acquisition). There can be no assurance that the conditions to the closing of the Branch Acquisition will be satisfied or waived or that other events will not intervene to delay or result in the failure to close the Branch Acquisition. Any delay in closing or a failure to close could have a negative impact on our business and the trading prices of our securities.

The success of the Branch Acquisition will depend, in part, on our ability to realize the anticipated business opportunities and growth prospects we expect to result from the addition of the BPNA Branches. We may never realize these business opportunities and growth prospects. Integrating operations will be complex and will require significant efforts and expenditures on the part of both us and BPNA. Our management might have its attention diverted while trying to integrate operations and corporate and administrative infrastructures and the cost of integration may exceed our expectations. We may also be required to make unanticipated capital expenditures or investments in order to maintain, improve or sustain the BPNA Branches we expect to acquire or take write-offs or impairment charges or recognize amortization expenses resulting from the Branch Acquisition and may be subject to unanticipated or unknown liabilities relating to the BPNA Branches we expect to acquire. We might experience increased competition that limits our ability to expand our business, and we might not be able to capitalize on expected business opportunities, including retaining current customers of BPNA. If any of these factors limit our ability to integrate the new branches successfully or on a timely basis, the expectations of future results of operations following the Branch Acquisition might not be met.

It is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of our ongoing businesses, tax costs or inefficiencies, or inconsistencies in standards, controls, information technology systems, procedures and policies, any of which could adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with customers, employees or other third parties or our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the Branch Acquisition and could harm our financial performance.

We will incur significant transaction and acquisition-related integration costs in connection with the Branch Acquisition.

We are currently developing a plan to integrate the BPNA Branches to be acquired in the Branch Acquisition. Although we anticipate achieving cost synergies in connection with the Branch Acquisition, we also expect to incur costs to implement such cost savings

 

87


Table of Contents

measures. We anticipate that we will incur certain non-recurring charges in connection with this integration, including charges associated with integrating process and systems. At this time, we cannot identify the timing, nature and amount of all such charges. Further, we currently expect to incur significant transaction costs that will be charged as an expense in the period incurred. The significant transaction costs and acquisition-related integration costs could materially adversely affect our results of operations in the period in which such charges are recorded or our cash flow in the period in which any related costs are actually paid. The net benefit associated with the anticipated elimination of duplicative costs, as well as the realization of other efficiencies related to the integration of the BPNA Branches, may not be achieved in the near term, or at all. Accordingly, the cost and operational savings may not be achievable in our anticipated amount or timeframe or at all. Investors should not place undue reliance on the anticipated benefits of the Branch Acquisition in making an investment decision with respect to our securities.

We and BPNA will be subject to business uncertainties while the Branch Acquisition is pending that could adversely affect our and its businesses.

Uncertainty about the effect of the Branch Acquisition on employees and customers may have an adverse effect on us and BPNA and, consequently, on the BPNA Branches to be acquired in the Branch Acquisition. These uncertainties may impair our and BPNA’s ability to attract, retain and motivate key personnel until the Branch Acquisition is completed and for a period of time thereafter. These uncertainties may also cause customers, suppliers and others that deal with us and BPNA to seek to change existing business relationships with the two companies. Employee retention could be reduced during the pendency of the Branch Acquisition, as employees may experience uncertainty about their future roles. If, despite our and BPNA’s retention efforts, key employees depart because of concerns relating to the uncertainty and difficulty of the integration process or a desire not to join us following the Branch Acquisition, our business could be harmed.

ITEM 2 - UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Stock Repurchases

 

     Purchase of Equity Securities by the Issuer         
     Total Number of Shares      Average
Price Paid
Per Share
     Total Number of
Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
     Total Number
of Shares
That May Yet
be Purchased
Under the
Plan
 

From April 1, 2014 to April 30, 2014

     1,200       $ 12.23         —           897,958   

From May 1, 2014 to May 31, 2014

     —         $ —           —           897,958   

From June 1, 2014 to June 30, 2014

     2,126       $ 11.08         —           897,958   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total

     3,326       $ 11.50         —        
  

 

 

          

On September 5, 2013, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved changes to the Company’s previously announced share buyback program authorizing the Company to buy back, from time to time during the 12 months ending September 3, 2014, an aggregate amount representing up to 10 percent of the Company’s then currently outstanding common shares. The buyback program included a 10b5-1 plan that was adopted by the Company on September 3, 2013 pursuant to which up to a maximum of 300,000 shares could be repurchased during the year ended December 31, 2013, subject to certain price and volume restrictions. The 10b5-1 plan had been terminated as of December 31, 2013, as the 300,000 maximum share amount authorized for repurchase had been exhausted.

The Company has a practice of buying back stock for tax purposes pertaining to employee benefit plans, and does not count these purchases toward the allotment of the shares. The Company purchased 3,326 shares during the three months ended June 30, 2014 at an average price of $11.50 with a total cost of $38 thousand, including fees, related to tax liability sales for employee stock benefit plans.

 

88


Table of Contents

ITEM 3 - DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

None

ITEM 4 - MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable

ITEM 5 - OTHER INFORMATION

None

 

89


Table of Contents

ITEM 6 - EXHIBITS

Exhibits

 

2.1    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among Banc of California, Inc., (f/k/a First PacTrust Bancorp, Inc.) (sometimes referred to below as the “Registrant” or the “Company”), Gateway Bancorp, Inc. (“Gateway”), each of the shareholders of Gateway and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)      (a
2.1A    Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 28, 2011, to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among The Registrant, Gateway Bancorp, the Sellers named therein and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)      (a )(1) 
2.2B    Amendment No. 2, dated as of February 24, 2012, to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among the Registrant, Gateway Bancorp, the Sellers named therein and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)      (a )(2) 
2.2C    Amendment No. 3, dated as of June 30, 2012, to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among the Registrant, Gateway Bancorp, the Sellers named therein and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)      (a )(3) 
2.2D    Amendment No. 4, dated as of July 31, 2012, to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among the Registrant, Gateway Bancorp, the Sellers named therein and the D & E Tarbell Trust, u/d/t dated February 19, 2002 (in its capacity as the Sellers’ Representative)      (a )(4) 
2.3    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 30, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Beach Business Bank, as amended by Amendment No. 1thereto dated as of October 31, 2011      (b
2.4   

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 21, 2012, by and among First

PacTrust Bancorp, Inc., Beach Business Bank and The Private Bank of California

     (c
2.5    Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 5, 2013, to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 21, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Beach Business Bank and The Private Bank of California      (y
2.6    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 25, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Banc of California, National Association, CS Financial, Inc., the Sellers named therein and the Sellers’ Representative named therein      (z
2.7    Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2014, by and between Banco Popular North America and Banc of California, National Association      (bb
3.1    Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant      (d
3.2    Articles of Amendment to the Charter of the Registrant increasing the authorized capital stock of the Registrant      (e
3.3    Articles supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A      (f
3.4    Articles supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock      (g
3.5    Articles of Amendment to Articles Supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock      (h
3.6    Articles supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s 8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C      (p
3.7    Articles supplementary to the Charter of the Registrant containing the terms of the Registrant’s Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B      (q
3.8    Articles of Amendment to the Charter of the Registrant changing the Registrant’s name      (r
3.9    Articles of Amendment to the Charter of the Registrant increasing the authorized capital stock of the Registrant      (cc
3.10    Bylaws of the Registrant      3.10   

 

90


Table of Contents
4.1    Warrant to purchase up to 240,000 shares of the Registrant common stock originally issued on November 1, 2010      (g
4.2    Warrant to purchase up to 1,395,000 shares of the Registrant common stock originally issued on November 1, 2010      (g
4.3    Senior Debt Securities Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee      (m
4.4    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 23, 2012, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, relating to the Registrant’s 7.50% Senior Notes due April 15, 2020 and form of 7.50% Senior Notes due April 15, 2020      (m
4.5    Deposit Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2013, among the Registrant, Registrar and Transfer Company, as Depositary and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein      (p
4.6    Purchase Contract Agreement, dated May 21, 2014, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association      (ff
4.7    Indenture, dated May 21, 2014, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association      (ff
4.8    First Supplemental Indenture, dated May 21, 2014, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association      (ff
10.1    Employment Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2010, by and among the Registrant and Pacific Trust Bank and Richard Herrin (including as exhibits thereto the forms of agreements for the restricted stock inducement grant and stock option inducement grant made to Mr. Herrin pursuant to his Employment Agreement)      (i
10.1A    Incentive Bonus Award Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2012, supplementing and amending the Employment Agreement with Richard Herrin      (j
10.1B    Second Amendment, dated as of September 25, 2012, to Employment Agreement with Richard Herrin      (j
10.2    Employment Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Steven Sugarman      (j
10.2A    Stock Appreciation Right Grant Agreement between the Registrant and Steven Sugarman dated August 21, 2012      (j
10.2B    Amendment dated December 13, 2013 to Stock Appreciation Right Grant Agreement between the Registrant and Steven Sugarman dated August 21, 2012      (gg
10.2C    Letter Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Steven Sugarman, relating to Stock Appreciation Rights issued with respect to Tangible Equity Units      10.2C   
10.3    Employment Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Pacific Trust Bank and Beach Business Bank and Robert M. Franko      (j
10.3A    Mutual Termination and Release Letter Agreement, dated September 25, 2012, relating to Executive Employment Agreement, dated June 1, 2003, between Doctors’ Bancorp, predecessor-in-interest to Beach Business Bank, and Robert M. Franko      (j
10.4    Employment Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2012, by and among the Registrant and John C. Grosvenor      (j
10.5    Employment Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2012, by and among the Registrant and Ronald J. Nicolas, Jr.      (j
10.6    Employment Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2013, by and among the Registrant and Hugh F. Boyle      (dd
10.7    Registrant’s 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan      (k
10.8A    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan      (n
10.8B    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan      (n
10.8C    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement Under 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan      (n
10.9    Registrant’s 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan      (l
10.10    Registrant’s 2003 Recognition and Retention Plan      (l
10.11    Small Business Lending Fund-Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 30, 2011, between the Registrant and the Secretary of the United States Treasury      (f

 

91


Table of Contents
10.12    Management Services Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2012, by and between CS Financial, Inc. and Pacific Trust Bank      (o
10.13    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2013, by and among Pacific Trust Bank and Jeffrey Seabold      (aa
10.14    Registrant’s 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan      (s
10.14A    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan      (t
10.14B    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan      (t
10.14C    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan      (t
10.14D    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan      (ee
10.14E    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Employee Equity Ownership Program under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan      (ee
10.14F    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan      10.14F   
10.14G    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under 2013 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan      10.14G   
10.15    Agreement to Assume Liabilities and to Acquire Assets of Branch Banking Offices, dated as of May 31, 2013, between Pacific Trust Bank and AmericanWest Bank      (u
10.16    Common Stock Share Exchange Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2013, by and between the Registrant and TCW Shared Opportunity Fund V, L.P.      (v
10.17    Purchase and Sale Agreement and Escrow Instructions, dated as of July 24, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Memorial Health Services      (w
10.18    Assumption Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2013, by and between the Registrant and The Private Bank of California      (x
10.19    Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2014, by and between the Registrant and OCM BOCA Investor, LLC      (bb
10.20    Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2014, by and among the Registrant, Patriot Financial Partners, L.P. and Patriot Financial Partners Parallel L.P.      (bb
11.0    Statement regarding computation of per share earnings      None   
15.0    Letter re unaudited interim financial information      None   
18.0    Letter regarding change in accounting principles      None   
19.0    Report furnished to security holders      None   
22.0    Published report regarding matters submitted to vote of security holders      None   
24.0    Power of Attorney      None   
31.1    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification (Chief Executive Officer)      31.1   
31.2    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification (Chief Financial Officer)      31.2   
31.3    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification (Chief Accounting Officer)      31.3   
32.0    Rule 13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350 Certification      32.0   
101.0    The following financial statements and footnotes from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014 formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss); (iv) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.      101.0   

 

92


Table of Contents

 

(a) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(a)(1) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 1, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(a)(2) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 28, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference
(a)(3) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(a)(4) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 2, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Filed as Appendix A to the proxy statement/prospectus included in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on November 1, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(c) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 27, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference
(d) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on March 28, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.
(e) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 4, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(f) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(g) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on November 16, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.
(h) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 12, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference
(i) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 19, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.
(j) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(k) Filed as an appendix to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed on April 25, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference
(l) Filed as an appendix to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed on March 21, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.
(m) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 23, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.
(n) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.
(o) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 3, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(p) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 12, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(q) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 3, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(r) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 17, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(s) Filed as an appendix to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed on June 11, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(t) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on July 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(u) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 3, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(v) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 4, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(w) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(x) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 3, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(y) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 6, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference
(z) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference
(aa) Field as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference
(bb) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 25, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference.
(cc) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 22, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(dd) Field as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(ee) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.
(ff) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 21, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference
(gg) Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference

 

93


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

   BANC OF CALIFORNIA, INC.
Date: August 18, 2014   

/s/ Steven A. Sugarman

   Steven A. Sugarman
   President/ Chief Executive Officer
Date: August 18, 2014   

/s/ Ronald J. Nicolas, Jr.

   Ronald J. Nicolas, Jr.
   Executive Vice President/ Chief Financial Officer
Date: August 18, 2014   

/s/ Nathan Duda

   Nathan Duda
   Senior Vice President/ Chief Accounting Officer

 

94